gdb/
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdbint.texinfo
CommitLineData
9742079a 1\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
c906108c 2@setfilename gdbint.info
25822942 3@include gdb-cfg.texi
1eb7cd77
JB
4@settitle @value{GDBN} Internals
5@setchapternewpage off
03727ca6 6@dircategory Software development
e9c75b65 7@direntry
c906108c 8* Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals.
e9c75b65 9@end direntry
c906108c 10
a67ec3f4 11@copying
0b302171
JB
12Copyright @copyright{} 1990-1994, 1996, 1998-2006, 2008-2012 Free
13Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c
SS
14Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore.
15Second Edition by Stan Shebs.
16
e9c75b65 17Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
4f5d9f07 18under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
2a6585f0 19any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
20Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
21Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
22Free Documentation License''.
a67ec3f4
JM
23@end copying
24
25@ifnottex
26This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
27
28@insertcopying
29@end ifnottex
c906108c 30
c906108c 31
56caf160
EZ
32@syncodeindex fn cp
33@syncodeindex vr cp
34
c906108c 35@titlepage
25822942 36@title @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c
SS
37@subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger}
38@author John Gilmore
39@author Cygnus Solutions
40@author Second Edition:
41@author Stan Shebs
42@author Cygnus Solutions
43@page
44@tex
45\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
46\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
47{\parskip=0pt
48\hfill Cygnus Solutions\par
49\hfill \manvers\par
50\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
51}
52@end tex
53
54@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
a67ec3f4 55@insertcopying
c906108c
SS
56@end titlepage
57
449f3b6c 58@contents
449f3b6c 59
c906108c
SS
60@node Top
61@c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info,
62@c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point.
63@top Scope of this Document
64
25822942
DB
65This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It
66includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well
67as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets.
c906108c
SS
68
69@menu
587afa38 70* Summary::
c906108c
SS
71* Overall Structure::
72* Algorithms::
73* User Interface::
89437448 74* libgdb::
5f5233d4 75* Values::
669fac23 76* Stack Frames::
c906108c
SS
77* Symbol Handling::
78* Language Support::
79* Host Definition::
80* Target Architecture Definition::
123dc839 81* Target Descriptions::
c906108c
SS
82* Target Vector Definition::
83* Native Debugging::
84* Support Libraries::
a0e0ffdf
DE
85* Coding Standards::
86* Misc Guidelines::
c906108c 87* Porting GDB::
d52fe014 88* Versions and Branches::
55f6ca0f 89* Start of New Year Procedure::
8973da3a 90* Releasing GDB::
085dd6e6 91* Testsuite::
c906108c 92* Hints::
aab4e0ec 93
bcd7e15f 94* GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers
aab4e0ec 95* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
56caf160 96* Index::
c906108c
SS
97@end menu
98
587afa38
EZ
99@node Summary
100@chapter Summary
101
102@menu
103* Requirements::
104* Contributors::
105@end menu
c906108c 106
587afa38
EZ
107@node Requirements
108@section Requirements
56caf160 109@cindex requirements for @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
110
111Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal
56caf160
EZ
112requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some
113of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN}
114that have run counter to these requirements.
c906108c 115
56caf160
EZ
116First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a
117front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a
118shell. It's not a programming environment.
c906108c 119
56caf160
EZ
120@value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is
121available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human
122programmer.
c906108c 123
56caf160
EZ
124@value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on
125the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is
126going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time
127to debugger commands.
c906108c 128
56caf160
EZ
129@value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions.
130While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made
be9c6c35 131picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the
56caf160
EZ
132programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to
133mollify the debugger.
c906108c 134
56caf160
EZ
135@value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs.
136Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've
137heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size.
c906108c 138
56caf160
EZ
139@value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is
140available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN}
141supports.
c906108c 142
587afa38
EZ
143@node Contributors
144@section Contributors
145
146The first edition of this document was written by John Gilmore of
147Cygnus Solutions. The current second edition was written by Stan Shebs
148of Cygnus Solutions, who continues to update the manual.
149
150Over the years, many others have made additions and changes to this
151document. This section attempts to record the significant contributors
152to that effort. One of the virtues of free software is that everyone
153is free to contribute to it; with regret, we cannot actually
154acknowledge everyone here.
155
156@quotation
157@emph{Plea:} This section has only been added relatively recently (four
158years after publication of the second edition). Additions to this
159section are particularly welcome. If you or your friends (or enemies,
160to be evenhanded) have been unfairly omitted from this list, we would
161like to add your names!
162@end quotation
163
164A document such as this relies on being kept up to date by numerous
165small updates by contributing engineers as they make changes to the
166code base. The file @file{ChangeLog} in the @value{GDBN} distribution
167approximates a blow-by-blow account. The most prolific contributors to
168this important, but low profile task are Andrew Cagney (responsible
169for over half the entries), Daniel Jacobowitz, Mark Kettenis, Jim
170Blandy and Eli Zaretskii.
171
172Eli Zaretskii and Daniel Jacobowitz wrote the sections documenting
173watchpoints.
174
175Jeremy Bennett updated the sections on initializing a new architecture
176and register representation, and added the section on Frame Interpretation.
177
c906108c
SS
178
179@node Overall Structure
180
181@chapter Overall Structure
182
56caf160
EZ
183@value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface,
184symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the
185@dfn{target side}).
c906108c 186
2e685b93 187The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus
c906108c
SS
188supporting code.
189
190The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info
191interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression
192parsing, type and value printing.
193
194The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and
195physical target manipulation.
196
197The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a
198number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic
199elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it
200supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead,
201this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems
202should fit together.
203
204@section The Symbol Side
205
56caf160
EZ
206The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything
207you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''.
208For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate
209many kinds of expressions.
c906108c
SS
210
211@section The Target Side
212
56caf160
EZ
213The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''.
214Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most
215of the target side will run with only a stripped executable
216available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases.
c906108c
SS
217
218Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register
219display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases,
25822942 220such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses
c906108c
SS
221relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either
222way.
223
224@section Configurations
225
56caf160
EZ
226@cindex host
227@cindex target
25822942 228@dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs.
c906108c
SS
229@dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged
230executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a
231third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play.
232
1f70da6a
SS
233Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host
234support. Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte
235order, host float format. These are all calculated by @code{autoconf}
236when the debugger is built.
c906108c
SS
237
238Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target
239dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set,
240breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack
241to call a function.
242
243Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same,
244is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the
1f70da6a 245host and target are not the same, calling @code{fork} to start the target
c906108c
SS
246process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the
247registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all
248in the native-dependent files.
249
250Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that
251are really part of the target environment, but which require
252@code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core
253file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases.
254
1f70da6a
SS
255When you want to make @value{GDBN} work as the traditional native debugger
256on a system, you will need to supply both target and native information.
c906108c 257
25ab7e6d
EZ
258@section Source Tree Structure
259@cindex @value{GDBN} source tree structure
260
261The @value{GDBN} source directory has a mostly flat structure---there
262are only a few subdirectories. A file's name usually gives a hint as
263to what it does; for example, @file{stabsread.c} reads stabs,
7ce59000 264@file{dwarf2read.c} reads @sc{DWARF 2}, etc.
25ab7e6d
EZ
265
266Files that are related to some common task have names that share
267common substrings. For example, @file{*-thread.c} files deal with
268debugging threads on various platforms; @file{*read.c} files deal with
269reading various kinds of symbol and object files; @file{inf*.c} files
270deal with direct control of the @dfn{inferior program} (@value{GDBN}
271parlance for the program being debugged).
272
273There are several dozens of files in the @file{*-tdep.c} family.
274@samp{tdep} stands for @dfn{target-dependent code}---each of these
275files implements debug support for a specific target architecture
276(sparc, mips, etc). Usually, only one of these will be used in a
277specific @value{GDBN} configuration (sometimes two, closely related).
278
279Similarly, there are many @file{*-nat.c} files, each one for native
280debugging on a specific system (e.g., @file{sparc-linux-nat.c} is for
281native debugging of Sparc machines running the Linux kernel).
282
283The few subdirectories of the source tree are:
284
285@table @file
286@item cli
287Code that implements @dfn{CLI}, the @value{GDBN} Command-Line
288Interpreter. @xref{User Interface, Command Interpreter}.
289
290@item gdbserver
291Code for the @value{GDBN} remote server.
292
293@item gdbtk
294Code for Insight, the @value{GDBN} TK-based GUI front-end.
295
296@item mi
297The @dfn{GDB/MI}, the @value{GDBN} Machine Interface interpreter.
298
299@item signals
300Target signal translation code.
301
302@item tui
303Code for @dfn{TUI}, the @value{GDBN} Text-mode full-screen User
304Interface. @xref{User Interface, TUI}.
305@end table
c906108c
SS
306
307@node Algorithms
308
309@chapter Algorithms
56caf160 310@cindex algorithms
c906108c 311
56caf160
EZ
312@value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are
313often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special
314cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic
315algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that
316they use.
c906108c 317
7d30c22d
JB
318@section Prologue Analysis
319
320@cindex prologue analysis
321@cindex call frame information
322@cindex CFI (call frame information)
323To produce a backtrace and allow the user to manipulate older frames'
324variables and arguments, @value{GDBN} needs to find the base addresses
325of older frames, and discover where those frames' registers have been
326saved. Since a frame's ``callee-saves'' registers get saved by
327younger frames if and when they're reused, a frame's registers may be
328scattered unpredictably across younger frames. This means that
329changing the value of a register-allocated variable in an older frame
330may actually entail writing to a save slot in some younger frame.
331
332Modern versions of GCC emit Dwarf call frame information (``CFI''),
333which describes how to find frame base addresses and saved registers.
334But CFI is not always available, so as a fallback @value{GDBN} uses a
335technique called @dfn{prologue analysis} to find frame sizes and saved
336registers. A prologue analyzer disassembles the function's machine
337code starting from its entry point, and looks for instructions that
338allocate frame space, save the stack pointer in a frame pointer
339register, save registers, and so on. Obviously, this can't be done
b247355e 340accurately in general, but it's tractable to do well enough to be very
7d30c22d
JB
341helpful. Prologue analysis predates the GNU toolchain's support for
342CFI; at one time, prologue analysis was the only mechanism
343@value{GDBN} used for stack unwinding at all, when the function
344calling conventions didn't specify a fixed frame layout.
345
346In the olden days, function prologues were generated by hand-written,
347target-specific code in GCC, and treated as opaque and untouchable by
348optimizers. Looking at this code, it was usually straightforward to
349write a prologue analyzer for @value{GDBN} that would accurately
350understand all the prologues GCC would generate. However, over time
351GCC became more aggressive about instruction scheduling, and began to
352understand more about the semantics of the prologue instructions
353themselves; in response, @value{GDBN}'s analyzers became more complex
354and fragile. Keeping the prologue analyzers working as GCC (and the
355instruction sets themselves) evolved became a substantial task.
356
357@cindex @file{prologue-value.c}
358@cindex abstract interpretation of function prologues
359@cindex pseudo-evaluation of function prologues
360To try to address this problem, the code in @file{prologue-value.h}
361and @file{prologue-value.c} provides a general framework for writing
362prologue analyzers that are simpler and more robust than ad-hoc
363analyzers. When we analyze a prologue using the prologue-value
364framework, we're really doing ``abstract interpretation'' or
365``pseudo-evaluation'': running the function's code in simulation, but
366using conservative approximations of the values registers and memory
367would hold when the code actually runs. For example, if our function
368starts with the instruction:
369
370@example
371addi r1, 42 # add 42 to r1
372@end example
373@noindent
374we don't know exactly what value will be in @code{r1} after executing
375this instruction, but we do know it'll be 42 greater than its original
376value.
377
378If we then see an instruction like:
379
380@example
381addi r1, 22 # add 22 to r1
382@end example
383@noindent
384we still don't know what @code{r1's} value is, but again, we can say
385it is now 64 greater than its original value.
386
387If the next instruction were:
388
389@example
390mov r2, r1 # set r2 to r1's value
391@end example
392@noindent
393then we can say that @code{r2's} value is now the original value of
394@code{r1} plus 64.
395
396It's common for prologues to save registers on the stack, so we'll
397need to track the values of stack frame slots, as well as the
398registers. So after an instruction like this:
399
400@example
401mov (fp+4), r2
402@end example
403@noindent
404then we'd know that the stack slot four bytes above the frame pointer
405holds the original value of @code{r1} plus 64.
406
407And so on.
408
409Of course, this can only go so far before it gets unreasonable. If we
410wanted to be able to say anything about the value of @code{r1} after
411the instruction:
412
413@example
414xor r1, r3 # exclusive-or r1 and r3, place result in r1
415@end example
416@noindent
417then things would get pretty complex. But remember, we're just doing
418a conservative approximation; if exclusive-or instructions aren't
419relevant to prologues, we can just say @code{r1}'s value is now
420``unknown''. We can ignore things that are too complex, if that loss of
421information is acceptable for our application.
422
423So when we say ``conservative approximation'' here, what we mean is an
424approximation that is either accurate, or marked ``unknown'', but
425never inaccurate.
426
427Using this framework, a prologue analyzer is simply an interpreter for
428machine code, but one that uses conservative approximations for the
429contents of registers and memory instead of actual values. Starting
430from the function's entry point, you simulate instructions up to the
431current PC, or an instruction that you don't know how to simulate.
432Now you can examine the state of the registers and stack slots you've
433kept track of.
434
435@itemize @bullet
436
437@item
438To see how large your stack frame is, just check the value of the
439stack pointer register; if it's the original value of the SP
440minus a constant, then that constant is the stack frame's size.
441If the SP's value has been marked as ``unknown'', then that means
442the prologue has done something too complex for us to track, and
443we don't know the frame size.
444
445@item
446To see where we've saved the previous frame's registers, we just
447search the values we've tracked --- stack slots, usually, but
448registers, too, if you want --- for something equal to the register's
449original value. If the calling conventions suggest a standard place
450to save a given register, then we can check there first, but really,
451anything that will get us back the original value will probably work.
452@end itemize
453
454This does take some work. But prologue analyzers aren't
455quick-and-simple pattern patching to recognize a few fixed prologue
456forms any more; they're big, hairy functions. Along with inferior
457function calls, prologue analysis accounts for a substantial portion
458of the time needed to stabilize a @value{GDBN} port. So it's
459worthwhile to look for an approach that will be easier to understand
460and maintain. In the approach described above:
461
462@itemize @bullet
463
464@item
465It's easier to see that the analyzer is correct: you just see
b247355e 466whether the analyzer properly (albeit conservatively) simulates
7d30c22d
JB
467the effect of each instruction.
468
469@item
470It's easier to extend the analyzer: you can add support for new
471instructions, and know that you haven't broken anything that
472wasn't already broken before.
473
474@item
475It's orthogonal: to gather new information, you don't need to
476complicate the code for each instruction. As long as your domain
477of conservative values is already detailed enough to tell you
478what you need, then all the existing instruction simulations are
479already gathering the right data for you.
480
481@end itemize
482
483The file @file{prologue-value.h} contains detailed comments explaining
484the framework and how to use it.
485
486
c906108c
SS
487@section Breakpoint Handling
488
56caf160 489@cindex breakpoints
c906108c
SS
490In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program
491where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches
492that location.
493
494There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware''
495breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints.
496
56caf160
EZ
497@cindex hardware breakpoints
498@cindex program counter
c906108c
SS
499Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging
500features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated
501register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC
56caf160 502(shorthand for @dfn{program counter})
c906108c 503ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an
56caf160
EZ
504exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}.
505
506Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators
507include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the
508processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's
509address.
510
511A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do
512breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own
513software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware
514breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same;
50e3ee83 515@value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait
56caf160 516for something to happen.
c906108c
SS
517
518Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be
56caf160 519limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will
9742079a 520start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures,
937f164b 521notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know
9742079a
EZ
522whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware
523breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints
524an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.)
56caf160
EZ
525
526@cindex software breakpoints
527Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work.
528The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program
529instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction
530that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered,
531@value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the
532user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original
c906108c
SS
533instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on.
534
535Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area
be9c6c35 536must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It
c906108c 537can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves,
56caf160 538although such a situation would be highly unusual.
c906108c
SS
539
540Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of
541instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump
542target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the
543breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no
544larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump
545targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered
546instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction
547set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint,
548although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an
549instruction.
550
c906108c
SS
551Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However,
552much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}.
553
8181d85f
DJ
554@table @code
555@cindex insert or remove software breakpoint
556@findex target_remove_breakpoint
557@findex target_insert_breakpoint
558@item target_remove_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
559@itemx target_insert_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
560Insert or remove a software breakpoint at address
561@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
562non-zero for failure. On input, @var{bp_tgt} contains the address of the
563breakpoint, and is otherwise initialized to zero. The fields of the
564@code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by @var{bp_tgt} are updated
565to contain other information about the breakpoint on output. The field
566@code{placed_address} may be updated if the breakpoint was placed at a
567related address; the field @code{shadow_contents} contains the real
568contents of the bytes where the breakpoint has been inserted,
569if reading memory would return the breakpoint instead of the
570underlying memory; the field @code{shadow_len} is the length of
571memory cached in @code{shadow_contents}, if any; and the field
572@code{placed_size} is optionally set and used by the target, if
573it could differ from @code{shadow_len}.
574
575For example, the remote target @samp{Z0} packet does not require
576shadowing memory, so @code{shadow_len} is left at zero. However,
4a9bb1df 577the length reported by @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} is cached in
8181d85f
DJ
578@code{placed_size}, so that a matching @samp{z0} packet can be
579used to remove the breakpoint.
580
581@cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint
582@findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint
583@findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint
584@item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
585@itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
586Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address
587@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
588non-zero for failure. See @code{target_insert_breakpoint} for
589a description of the @code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by
590@var{bp_tgt}; the @code{shadow_contents} and
591@code{shadow_len} members are not used for hardware breakpoints,
592but @code{placed_size} may be.
593@end table
594
c906108c
SS
595@section Single Stepping
596
597@section Signal Handling
598
599@section Thread Handling
600
601@section Inferior Function Calls
602
603@section Longjmp Support
604
56caf160 605@cindex @code{longjmp} debugging
25822942 606@value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a
c906108c
SS
607@code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are
608stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints,
56caf160
EZ
609which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint}
610command.
c906108c 611
4a9bb1df
UW
612@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
613To make this work, you need to define a function called
1f70da6a
SS
614@code{gdbarch_get_longjmp_target}, which will examine the
615@code{jmp_buf} structure and extract the @code{longjmp} target address.
616Since @code{jmp_buf} is target specific and typically defined in a
617target header not available to @value{GDBN}, you will need to
618determine the offset of the PC manually and return that; many targets
619define a @code{jb_pc_offset} field in the tdep structure to save the
620value once calculated.
c906108c 621
9742079a
EZ
622@section Watchpoints
623@cindex watchpoints
624
625Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms,
626breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some
627instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without
628your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to
629hunt down and kill such bugs.
630
631@cindex hardware watchpoints
632@cindex software watchpoints
633Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is
634known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses
635hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on
636software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN}
637will use software watchpoints are:
638
639@itemize @bullet
640@item
641The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware
642watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up
643to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is
644more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software
645watchpoints.
646
647@item
648The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in
649registers (as opposed to memory).
650
651@item
652Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures,
653this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is
654resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware
655breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware
656breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail.
657
658@item
659No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target
660implementation.
661@end itemize
662
663Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to
664single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the
665watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this
666section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints.
667
b6b8ece6
EZ
668When the inferior stops, @value{GDBN} tries to establish, among other
669possible reasons, whether it stopped due to a watchpoint being hit.
d983da9c
DJ
670It first uses @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to see if any watchpoint
671was hit. If not, all watchpoint checking is skipped.
672
673Then @value{GDBN} calls @code{target_stopped_data_address} exactly
674once. This method returns the address of the watchpoint which
675triggered, if the target can determine it. If the triggered address
676is available, @value{GDBN} compares the address returned by this
677method with each watched memory address in each active watchpoint.
678For data-read and data-access watchpoints, @value{GDBN} announces
679every watchpoint that watches the triggered address as being hit.
680For this reason, data-read and data-access watchpoints
681@emph{require} that the triggered address be available; if not, read
682and access watchpoints will never be considered hit. For data-write
683watchpoints, if the triggered address is available, @value{GDBN}
684considers only those watchpoints which match that address;
685otherwise, @value{GDBN} considers all data-write watchpoints. For
686each data-write watchpoint that @value{GDBN} considers, it evaluates
687the expression whose value is being watched, and tests whether the
688watched value has changed. Watchpoints whose watched values have
689changed are announced as hit.
b6b8ece6 690
1f70da6a
SS
691@c FIXME move these to the main lists of target/native defns
692
9742079a
EZ
693@value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware
694watchpoints:
695
696@table @code
9742079a
EZ
697@findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
698@item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other})
699Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are
700possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints
701of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is
702not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum
703number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other}
704is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there
705are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at
706the same time).
707
708@findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
709@item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len})
710Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
711whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}.
712
b6b8ece6 713@cindex insert or remove hardware watchpoint
9742079a
EZ
714@findex target_insert_watchpoint
715@findex target_remove_watchpoint
716@item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
717@itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
718Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for
719@var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the
720possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type},
721defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows:
722
474c8240 723@smallexample
9742079a
EZ
724 enum target_hw_bp_type
725 @{
726 hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */
727 hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */
728 hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */
729 hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */
730 @};
474c8240 731@end smallexample
9742079a
EZ
732
733@noindent
734These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure.
735
9742079a 736@findex target_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
737@item target_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
738If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, place the address
739associated with the watchpoint at the location pointed to by
d983da9c
DJ
740@var{addr_p} and return non-zero. Otherwise, return zero. This
741is required for data-read and data-access watchpoints. It is
742not required for data-write watchpoints, but @value{GDBN} uses
743it to improve handling of those also.
744
745@value{GDBN} will only call this method once per watchpoint stop,
746immediately after calling @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}. If the
747target's watchpoint indication is sticky, i.e., stays set after
748resuming, this method should clear it. For instance, the x86 debug
749control register has sticky triggered flags.
9742079a 750
5009afc5
AS
751@findex target_watchpoint_addr_within_range
752@item target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (@var{target}, @var{addr}, @var{start}, @var{length})
753Check whether @var{addr} (as returned by @code{target_stopped_data_address})
754lies within the hardware-defined watchpoint region described by
755@var{start} and @var{length}. This only needs to be provided if the
756granularity of a watchpoint is greater than one byte, i.e., if the
757watchpoint can also trigger on nearby addresses outside of the watched
758region.
759
9742079a
EZ
760@findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
761@item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
762If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a
5009afc5 763watchpoint to step over it. Like @code{gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint},
d983da9c
DJ
764this is usually set when watchpoints trigger at the instruction
765which will perform an interesting read or write. It should be
766set if there is a temporary disable bit which allows the processor
767to step over the interesting instruction without raising the
768watchpoint exception again.
9742079a 769
4a9bb1df
UW
770@findex gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint
771@item int gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint (@var{gdbarch})
772If it returns a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a
d983da9c
DJ
773watchpoint to step the inferior over it. This is usually set when
774watchpoints trigger at the instruction which will perform an
775interesting read or write.
9742079a
EZ
776
777@findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
778@item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
779If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the
d983da9c
DJ
780inferior after a watchpoint has been hit. This is usually set
781when watchpoints trigger at the instruction following an interesting
782read or write.
9742079a 783
9742079a
EZ
784@findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT
785@item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status})
786Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of
787the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}.
b6b8ece6
EZ
788Normally, this macro is defined to invoke the function pointed to by
789the @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} member of the structure (of the
790type @code{target_ops}, defined on @file{target.h}) that describes the
791target-specific operations; @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} ignores
792the @var{wait_status} argument.
793
794@value{GDBN} does not require the non-zero value returned by
795@code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to be 100% correct, so if a target cannot
796determine for sure whether the inferior stopped due to a watchpoint,
797it could return non-zero ``just in case''.
9742079a
EZ
798@end table
799
d983da9c
DJ
800@subsection Watchpoints and Threads
801@cindex watchpoints, with threads
802
803@value{GDBN} only supports process-wide watchpoints, which trigger
804in all threads. @value{GDBN} uses the thread ID to make watchpoints
805act as if they were thread-specific, but it cannot set hardware
806watchpoints that only trigger in a specific thread. Therefore, even
807if the target supports threads, per-thread debug registers, and
808watchpoints which only affect a single thread, it should set the
809per-thread debug registers for all threads to the same value. On
810@sc{gnu}/Linux native targets, this is accomplished by using
811@code{ALL_LWPS} in @code{target_insert_watchpoint} and
812@code{target_remove_watchpoint} and by using
813@code{linux_set_new_thread} to register a handler for newly created
814threads.
815
816@value{GDBN}'s @sc{gnu}/Linux support only reports a single event
817at a time, although multiple events can trigger simultaneously for
818multi-threaded programs. When multiple events occur, @file{linux-nat.c}
819queues subsequent events and returns them the next time the program
820is resumed. This means that @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} and
821@code{target_stopped_data_address} only need to consult the current
822thread's state---the thread indicated by @code{inferior_ptid}. If
823two threads have hit watchpoints simultaneously, those routines
824will be called a second time for the second thread.
825
9742079a
EZ
826@subsection x86 Watchpoints
827@cindex x86 debug registers
828@cindex watchpoints, on x86
829
830The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug
831registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a
832generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement
833support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This
834subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}.
835
1f70da6a
SS
836(At present, the library functions read and write debug registers directly, and are
837thus only available for native configurations.)
838
9742079a
EZ
839To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the
840following:
841
842@itemize @bullet
843@findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
844@item
845Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the
846target-dependent headers.
847
848@item
849Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after}
850defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
851
852@item
853Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable
f0323ca0 854@code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}).
9742079a
EZ
855
856@item
857Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described
858below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function
859which does the real work.
860@end itemize
861
862The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the
863debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the
864real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to
865provide:
866
867@table @code
868@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL
869@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val})
870Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}.
871
872@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR
873@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr})
874Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}.
875
876@findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR
877@item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx})
878Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register
879number @var{idx}.
880
881@findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
882@item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
883Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is
884used immediately after it is returned by
885@code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status
886register values.
887@end table
888
889For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3)
890that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN},
891to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This
892allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same
893expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without
894wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN}
895maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do
896anything to use this feature.
897
898The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4
899bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region
900be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte
901region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in
902@value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4
903bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch
904a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched
905region is also done automatically without target code intervention.
906
907The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the
908@value{GDBN}'s application code:
909
910@table @code
911@findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint
912@item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len})
913The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call
914this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to
915watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is
916less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86
917processors.
918
919@findex i386_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
920@item i386_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
921The target function
922@code{target_stopped_data_address} is set to call this function.
923This
9742079a
EZ
924function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
925Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
926macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is
927set in DR6.
928
ac77d04f
JJ
929@findex i386_stopped_by_watchpoint
930@item i386_stopped_by_watchpoint (void)
931The macro @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}
932is set to call this function. The
933argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This
934function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
935Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
936macro, and returns true if any bit is set. Otherwise, false is
937returned.
938
9742079a
EZ
939@findex i386_insert_watchpoint
940@findex i386_remove_watchpoint
941@item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
942@itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
943Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros
944@code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint}
945are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first
946looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same
947region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the
948reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug
949register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found,
937f164b
FF
950the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored
951value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control
9742079a
EZ
952register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters,
953and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the
954inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and
955@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is
956required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for
957each debug register.
958
959@code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address
937f164b
FF
960in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and
961length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new
9742079a
EZ
962values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and
963@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several
964watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it
965decrements the reference count, and only calls
966@code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when
967the count goes to zero.
968
969@findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint
970@findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint
8181d85f
DJ
971@item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
972@itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
9742079a
EZ
973These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The
974macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and
975@code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions.
8181d85f
DJ
976The argument is a @code{struct bp_target_info *}, as described in
977the documentation for @code{target_insert_breakpoint}.
9742079a
EZ
978These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and
979@code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up
980the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each
981hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug
982register.
983
9742079a
EZ
984@findex i386_cleanup_dregs
985@item i386_cleanup_dregs (void)
986This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control
987bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect
988the actual debug registers in the inferior process.
989@end table
990
991@noindent
992@strong{Notes:}
993@enumerate 1
994@item
995x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes.
996However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since
997@code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O
998watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running
999on x86.
1000
1001@item
1002x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task
1003only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register,
1004there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines
1005whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The
1006current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN}
1007always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global
1008watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably
1009unavailable in many platforms.
1010@end enumerate
1011
5c95884b
MS
1012@section Checkpoints
1013@cindex checkpoints
1014@cindex restart
1015In the abstract, a checkpoint is a point in the execution history of
1016the program, which the user may wish to return to at some later time.
1017
1018Internally, a checkpoint is a saved copy of the program state, including
1019whatever information is required in order to restore the program to that
1020state at a later time. This can be expected to include the state of
1021registers and memory, and may include external state such as the state
1022of open files and devices.
1023
1024There are a number of ways in which checkpoints may be implemented
b247355e 1025in gdb, e.g.@: as corefiles, as forked processes, and as some opaque
5c95884b
MS
1026method implemented on the target side.
1027
1028A corefile can be used to save an image of target memory and register
1029state, which can in principle be restored later --- but corefiles do
1030not typically include information about external entities such as
1031open files. Currently this method is not implemented in gdb.
1032
1033A forked process can save the state of user memory and registers,
1034as well as some subset of external (kernel) state. This method
1035is used to implement checkpoints on Linux, and in principle might
1036be used on other systems.
1037
b247355e 1038Some targets, e.g.@: simulators, might have their own built-in
5c95884b
MS
1039method for saving checkpoints, and gdb might be able to take
1040advantage of that capability without necessarily knowing any
1041details of how it is done.
1042
1043
bcd7e15f
JB
1044@section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals
1045@cindex observer pattern interface
1046@cindex notifications about changes in internals
1047
1048In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when
1049some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these
1050modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being
1051hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was
1052versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in
1053@value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also
1054a strong limitation.
1055
1056A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design
1057Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide
1058a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms
1059previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed,
1060easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard
1061interface when adding new notifications.
1062
1063See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers
1064currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current
1065implementation is also briefly discussed.
1066
c906108c
SS
1067@node User Interface
1068
1069@chapter User Interface
1070
1f70da6a
SS
1071@value{GDBN} has several user interfaces, of which the traditional
1072command-line interface is perhaps the most familiar.
c906108c
SS
1073
1074@section Command Interpreter
1075
56caf160 1076@cindex command interpreter
0ee54786 1077@cindex CLI
25822942 1078The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to
c906108c
SS
1079allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also
1080has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to
1081a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list.
1082
56caf160
EZ
1083For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the
1084@code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses
c906108c
SS
1085to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}.
1086
56caf160
EZ
1087@findex add_cmd
1088@findex add_com
c906108c
SS
1089To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to
1090the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual
cfeada60 1091place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at
9742079a 1092the ends of most source files.
cfeada60 1093
40dd2248
TT
1094@findex add_setshow_cmd
1095@findex add_setshow_cmd_full
1096To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use
1097@code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is
1098a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to
1099further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns
1100the new command structures for manipulation.
1101
56caf160
EZ
1102@cindex deprecating commands
1103@findex deprecate_cmd
cfeada60
FN
1104Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to
1105deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or
1106aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a
1107@code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the
1108return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the
1109command immediately after it is created.
1110
c72e7388 1111The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a
cfeada60 1112replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to
d3e8051b 1113@code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e., the
cfeada60 1114entire string the user should type at the command line.
c906108c 1115
587afa38 1116@anchor{UI-Independent Output}
0ee54786
EZ
1117@section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions
1118@c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando
1119@c Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>.
1120
1121@cindex @code{ui_out} functions
1122The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the
1123@value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user
1124interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer
1125from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for
1126every UI, to produce output.
1127
1128@subsection Overview and Terminology
1129
1130In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort
1131of output, and can even generate an input request.
1132
1133Output can be generated for the following purposes:
1134
1135@itemize @bullet
1136@item
1137to display a @emph{result} of an operation;
1138
1139@item
1140to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested
1141operation;
1142
1143@item
1144to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including
1145progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation);
1146
1147@item
1148to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings);
1149
1150@item
1151to show @emph{debug data};
1152
1153@item
1154to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case).
1155@end itemize
1156
1157@noindent
1158This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output,
1159although some of it also applies to other kinds of output.
1160
1161Generation of output that displays the results of an operation
1162involves one or more of the following:
1163
1164@itemize @bullet
1165@item
1166output of the actual data
1167
1168@item
1169formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it
1170easily readable by humans
1171
1172@item
1173machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy
1174parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output
1175
1176@item
c72e7388
AC
1177annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting
1178parts in the output
0ee54786
EZ
1179@end itemize
1180
1181The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects.
c72e7388
AC
1182Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use
1183of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is
0ee54786
EZ
1184deprecated.
1185
c72e7388
AC
1186Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field};
1187a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of
1188non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a
1189header and a body. In a BNF-like form:
0ee54786 1190
c72e7388
AC
1191@table @code
1192@item <table> @expansion{}
1193@code{<header> <body>}
1194@item <header> @expansion{}
1195@code{@{ <column> @}}
1196@item <column> @expansion{}
1197@code{<width> <alignment> <title>}
1198@item <body> @expansion{}
1199@code{@{<row>@}}
1200@end table
0ee54786
EZ
1201
1202
1203@subsection General Conventions
1204
c72e7388
AC
1205Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are
1206@code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created
1207object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines.
0ee54786 1208
c72e7388
AC
1209The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer
1210to a @code{struct ui_out}.
0ee54786 1211
c72e7388
AC
1212The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions.
1213When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments
1214sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied
0ee54786
EZ
1215format.
1216
c72e7388
AC
1217When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function
1218call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead.
0ee54786
EZ
1219
1220
c72e7388 1221@subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions
0ee54786
EZ
1222
1223@cindex list output functions
1224@cindex table output functions
c72e7388
AC
1225@cindex tuple output functions
1226This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists,
1227tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items
1228(fields) are presented in the next section.
0ee54786 1229
c72e7388
AC
1230To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field
1231containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of
1232fields where each field describes an identical object.
0ee54786 1233
c72e7388
AC
1234Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of
1235rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this
1236even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header.
0ee54786
EZ
1237
1238@cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions
c72e7388
AC
1239Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a
1240maximum of five levels.
0ee54786
EZ
1241
1242The overall structure of the table output code is something like this:
1243
474c8240 1244@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1245 ui_out_table_begin
1246 ui_out_table_header
c72e7388 1247 @dots{}
0ee54786 1248 ui_out_table_body
c72e7388 1249 ui_out_tuple_begin
0ee54786 1250 ui_out_field_*
c72e7388
AC
1251 @dots{}
1252 ui_out_tuple_end
1253 @dots{}
0ee54786 1254 ui_out_table_end
474c8240 1255@end smallexample
0ee54786 1256
c72e7388 1257Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out}
0ee54786
EZ
1258functions:
1259
c72e7388
AC
1260@deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid})
1261The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output
1262of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out}
1263function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in
1264the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table.
1265@var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string
1266pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of
1267@code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it
1268was @code{malloc}ed.
0ee54786
EZ
1269
1270The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks
1271the end of the table's output.
1272@end deftypefun
1273
c72e7388
AC
1274@deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr})
1275@code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single
1276table column. You call this function several times, one each for every
1277column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before
1278@code{ui_out_table_body}.
0ee54786
EZ
1279
1280The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The
1281value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and
1282@code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify,
1283center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that
1284specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so
c72e7388
AC
1285column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the
1286call.
0ee54786
EZ
1287@end deftypefun
1288
1289@deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388 1290This function delimits the table header from the table body.
0ee54786
EZ
1291@end deftypefun
1292
1293@deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1294This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called
1295after the table body has been produced by the list and field output
1296functions.
0ee54786
EZ
1297
1298There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each
c72e7388
AC
1299call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions
1300will signal an internal error.
0ee54786
EZ
1301@end deftypefun
1302
c72e7388 1303The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the
0ee54786 1304call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to
c72e7388
AC
1305@code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling
1306@code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable
0ee54786
EZ
1307calls to functions which actually output fields between them.
1308
c72e7388
AC
1309@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1310This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points
1311to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the
1312implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1313after the call.
1314@end deftypefun
1315
1316@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1317This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly
1318one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to
1319@code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1320be signaled.
1321@end deftypefun
1322
587afa38 1323@deftypefun {struct cleanup *} make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
c72e7388 1324This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup
a0e0ffdf
DE
1325(@pxref{Misc Guidelines, Cleanups}) to close the tuple.
1326It provides a convenient and correct implementation of the
1327non-portable@footnote{The function cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence:
c72e7388
AC
1328@smallexample
1329struct cleanup *old_cleanup;
1330ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "...");
1331old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end,
1332 uiout);
1333@end smallexample
1334@end deftypefun
1335
1336@deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1337This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to
1338an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the
1339implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1340after the call.
0ee54786
EZ
1341@end deftypefun
1342
1343@deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1344This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly
1345one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to
1346@code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1347be signaled.
1348@end deftypefun
1349
587afa38 1350@deftypefun {struct cleanup *} make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
c72e7388 1351Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function
a0e0ffdf
DE
1352opens a list and then establishes cleanup
1353(@pxref{Misc Guidelines, Cleanups})
f66d1690 1354that will close the list.
0ee54786
EZ
1355@end deftypefun
1356
1357@subsection Item Output Functions
1358
1359@cindex item output functions
1360@cindex field output functions
1361@cindex data output
1362The functions described below produce output for the actual data
1363items, or fields, which contain information about the object.
1364
1365Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs.
1366
1367@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...)
1368This is the most general output function. It produces the
1369representation of the data in the variable-length argument list
1370according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a
1371@code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname}
1372supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are
1373supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}.
1374
1375This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to
1376use one of the specialized versions (see below).
1377@end deftypefun
1378
c72e7388 1379@deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
0ee54786
EZ
1380This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the
1381@code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies
1382the name of the field.
1383@end deftypefun
8d19fbd2
JJ
1384
1385@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
1386This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from
1387@code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output.
1388@var{fldname} specifies
1389the name of the field.
1390@end deftypefun
0ee54786 1391
5af949e3
UW
1392@deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
1393This function outputs an address as appropriate for @var{gdbarch}.
0ee54786
EZ
1394@end deftypefun
1395
c72e7388 1396@deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1397This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion
1398specification.
1399@end deftypefun
1400
1401Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using
1402functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or
1403@code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of
1404the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object
1405used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one
1406of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a
1407@code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end,
1408you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling
1409@code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that
1410@code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions,
1411and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you
1412constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed,
1413you should destroy it and free its memory by calling
1414@code{ui_out_stream_delete}.
1415
587afa38 1416@deftypefun {struct ui_stream *} ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
0ee54786
EZ
1417This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the
1418same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is
1419passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created
1420@code{ui_stream} object.
1421@end deftypefun
1422
1423@deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
1424This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by
1425@var{streambuf}.
1426@end deftypefun
1427
c72e7388 1428@deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
0ee54786
EZ
1429This function consumes all the data accumulated in
1430@code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like
1431@code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to
1432@code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but
1433the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields.
1434@end deftypefun
1435
1436@strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail
1437out before completing output generation and reaching the point where
1438@code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a
1439cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a
1440skeleton code to do that:
1441
1442@smallexample
1443 struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1444 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1445 ...
1446 do_cleanups (old);
1447@end smallexample
1448
1449If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds
1450of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it:
1451
1452@smallexample
1453 mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1454 make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1455@end smallexample
1456
1457Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call
1458@code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the
1459same buffer twice.
1460
1461@subsection Utility Output Functions
1462
c72e7388 1463@deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname})
0ee54786
EZ
1464This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave
1465an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument
1466@var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed.
1467@end deftypefun
1468
c72e7388 1469@deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1470This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it
1471easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of
1472this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it
1473from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen.
1474
1475Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around
1476the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according
1477to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a
1478string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to
1479output short messages.
1480@end deftypefun
1481
1482@deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces})
1483This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the
1484text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or
1485list.
1486@end deftypefun
1487
c72e7388 1488@deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
0ee54786
EZ
1489This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current
1490verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The
1491current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set
1492verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001),
1493setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned
1494as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity}
1495argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.}
1496@end deftypefun
1497
1498@deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent})
1499This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint
1500of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other
1501output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to
1502be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain
1503accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an
1504explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If
1505@var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented.
1506@end deftypefun
1507
1508@deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1509This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if
1510the UI buffers output.
1511@end deftypefun
1512
1513
1514@subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions
1515
1516@cindex using @code{ui_out} functions
1517@cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples
1518This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out}
1519functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in
1520@value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the
1521@file{breakpoints.c} file.
1522
1523This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to
1524produce a table.
1525
1526The original code was:
1527
474c8240 1528@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1529 if (!found_a_breakpoint++)
1530 @{
1531 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1532
1533 annotate_field (0);
1534 printf_filtered ("Num ");
1535 annotate_field (1);
1536 printf_filtered ("Type ");
1537 annotate_field (2);
1538 printf_filtered ("Disp ");
1539 annotate_field (3);
1540 printf_filtered ("Enb ");
1541 if (addressprint)
1542 @{
1543 annotate_field (4);
1544 printf_filtered ("Address ");
1545 @}
1546 annotate_field (5);
1547 printf_filtered ("What\n");
1548
1549 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
1550 @}
474c8240 1551@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1552
1553Here's the new version:
1554
474c8240 1555@smallexample
c72e7388
AC
1556 nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{};
1557
1558 if (addressprint)
1559 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1560 else
1561 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1562
1563 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1564 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1565 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1566 annotate_field (0);
1567 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
1568 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1569 annotate_field (1);
1570 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
1571 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1572 annotate_field (2);
1573 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
1574 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1575 annotate_field (3);
1576 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
1577 if (addressprint)
1578 @{
1579 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1580 annotate_field (4);
a6d9a66e 1581 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
c72e7388 1582 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
0ee54786 1583 else
c72e7388
AC
1584 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
1585 @}
1586 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1587 annotate_field (5);
1588 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
1589 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
1590 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1591 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
474c8240 1592@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1593
1594This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how
1595to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined
1596in the above example. The original code was:
1597
474c8240 1598@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1599 annotate_record ();
1600 annotate_field (0);
1601 printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number);
1602 annotate_field (1);
1603 if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0]))
1604 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1605 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1606 (int)b->type);
1607 printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1608 annotate_field (2);
1609 printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1610 annotate_field (3);
1611 printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1612 @dots{}
474c8240 1613@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1614
1615This is the new version:
1616
474c8240 1617@smallexample
0ee54786 1618 annotate_record ();
c72e7388 1619 ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt");
0ee54786
EZ
1620 annotate_field (0);
1621 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
1622 annotate_field (1);
1623 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
1624 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1625 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1626 (int) b->type);
1627 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1628 annotate_field (2);
1629 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1630 annotate_field (3);
1631 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1632 @dots{}
474c8240 1633@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1634
1635This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to
1636produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression}
1637functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to
1638automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was:
1639
474c8240 1640@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1641 annotate_field (5);
1642 print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout);
474c8240 1643@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1644
1645The new version is:
1646
474c8240 1647@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1648 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1649 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
1650 ...
1651 annotate_field (5);
1652 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
1653 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream);
474c8240 1654@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1655
1656This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use
1657@code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code
1658was:
1659
474c8240 1660@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1661 annotate_field (5);
1662 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1663 printf_filtered ("<any library> ");
1664 else
1665 printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname);
474c8240 1666@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1667
1668It became:
1669
474c8240 1670@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1671 annotate_field (5);
1672 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1673 @{
1674 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
1675 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1676 @}
1677 else
1678 @{
1679 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
1680 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
1681 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1682 @}
474c8240 1683@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1684
1685The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to
1686use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original
1687code was:
1688
474c8240 1689@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1690 annotate_field (5);
1691 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1692 printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid);
474c8240 1693@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1694
1695It became:
1696
474c8240 1697@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1698 annotate_field (5);
1699 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1700 @{
1701 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
1702 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
1703 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1704 @}
474c8240 1705@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1706
1707Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original
1708code was:
1709
474c8240 1710@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1711 annotate_field (5);
1712 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1713 printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname);
474c8240 1714@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1715
1716It became:
1717
474c8240 1718@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1719 annotate_field (5);
1720 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1721 @{
1722 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
1723 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
1724 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1725 @}
474c8240 1726@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1727
1728Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code:
1729
474c8240 1730@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1731 annotate_field (4);
1732 printf_filtered ("%s ",
15a661f3 1733 hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, 8));
474c8240 1734@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1735
1736It became:
1737
474c8240 1738@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1739 annotate_field (4);
1740 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address);
474c8240 1741@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1742
1743
c906108c
SS
1744@section Console Printing
1745
1746@section TUI
1747
89437448 1748@node libgdb
c906108c 1749
89437448
AC
1750@chapter libgdb
1751
1752@section libgdb 1.0
1753@cindex @code{libgdb}
1754@code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was
1755to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality.
1756
1757@section libgdb 2.0
56caf160 1758@cindex @code{libgdb}
89437448
AC
1759@code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is
1760better able to support graphical and other environments.
1761
1762Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still
1763evolving. The following components have so far been identified:
1764
1765@itemize @bullet
1766@item
1767Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}.
1768@item
1769Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1770@item
1771Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1772@item
1773Library - @file{gdb.h}
1774@end itemize
1775
1776The model that ties these components together is described below.
1777
1778@section The @code{libgdb} Model
1779
1780A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways.
1781
1782@itemize @bullet
1783@item
1784As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from
1785@code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run
1786state, etc).
1787@item
1788As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to
1789obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}.
1790@end itemize
1791
c1468174 1792Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g., a GUI supporting
89437448
AC
1793the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when
1794controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that
587afa38 1795@code{libgdb} is idle (i.e.@: no other client is using @code{libgdb})
89437448
AC
1796before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query.
1797
1798@section CLI support
1799
1800At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of
1801@code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in
1802their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's
1803requirements.
1804
1805It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal
1806(alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch
1807out the theory:
1808
1809@itemize @bullet
1810@item
1811The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}.
1812@item
1813The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own
1814versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and
1815@code{gdb_stdout} streams.
1816@item
1817The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only
1818used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}.
1819@end itemize
1820
1821When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it
1822along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all
1823the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted)
1824through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams.
1825At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by
1826virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer.
1827
1828The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until
1829@code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the
1830client's custom builder).
1831
1832@section @code{libgdb} components
1833
1834@subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}
1835@file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can
1836be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one
1837observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay
1838the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has
1839finished the current command.
1840
1841@subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1842@file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to
1843create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb}
1844when doing any queries.
1845
1846@subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1847@c There could be an entire section on the event-loop
1848@file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event
1849loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or,
587afa38 1850implement a new event-loop that @value{GDBN} would use.
89437448
AC
1851
1852The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that
a9f12a31 1853@value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking
89437448
AC
1854instead of returning.
1855
1856@subheading Library - @file{gdb.h}
1857@file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides
1858the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out}
1859builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder
1860before the query function returns.
c906108c 1861
5f5233d4
PA
1862@node Values
1863@chapter Values
1864@section Values
1865
1866@cindex values
1867@cindex @code{value} structure
1868@value{GDBN} uses @code{struct value}, or @dfn{values}, as an internal
1869abstraction for the representation of a variety of inferior objects
1870and @value{GDBN} convenience objects.
1871
1872Values have an associated @code{struct type}, that describes a virtual
1873view of the raw data or object stored in or accessed through the
1874value.
1875
1876A value is in addition discriminated by its lvalue-ness, given its
1877@code{enum lval_type} enumeration type:
1878
1879@cindex @code{lval_type} enumeration, for values.
1880@table @code
1881@item @code{not_lval}
1882This value is not an lval. It can't be assigned to.
1883
1884@item @code{lval_memory}
1885This value represents an object in memory.
1886
1887@item @code{lval_register}
1888This value represents an object that lives in a register.
1889
1890@item @code{lval_internalvar}
1891Represents the value of an internal variable.
1892
1893@item @code{lval_internalvar_component}
1894Represents part of a @value{GDBN} internal variable. E.g., a
1895structure field.
1896
1897@cindex computed values
1898@item @code{lval_computed}
1899These are ``computed'' values. They allow creating specialized value
1900objects for specific purposes, all abstracted away from the core value
1901support code. The creator of such a value writes specialized
1902functions to handle the reading and writing to/from the value's
1903backend data, and optionally, a ``copy operator'' and a
1904``destructor''.
1905
1906Pointers to these functions are stored in a @code{struct lval_funcs}
1907instance (declared in @file{value.h}), and passed to the
1908@code{allocate_computed_value} function, as in the example below.
1909
1910@smallexample
1911static void
1912nil_value_read (struct value *v)
1913@{
1914 /* This callback reads data from some backend, and stores it in V.
1915 In this case, we always read null data. You'll want to fill in
1916 something more interesting. */
1917
1918 memset (value_contents_all_raw (v),
1919 value_offset (v),
1920 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v)));
1921@}
1922
1923static void
1924nil_value_write (struct value *v, struct value *fromval)
1925@{
1926 /* Takes the data from FROMVAL and stores it in the backend of V. */
1927
1928 to_oblivion (value_contents_all_raw (fromval),
1929 value_offset (v),
1930 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (fromval)));
1931@}
1932
1933static struct lval_funcs nil_value_funcs =
1934 @{
1935 nil_value_read,
1936 nil_value_write
1937 @};
1938
1939struct value *
1940make_nil_value (void)
1941@{
1942 struct type *type;
1943 struct value *v;
1944
1945 type = make_nils_type ();
1946 v = allocate_computed_value (type, &nil_value_funcs, NULL);
1947
1948 return v;
1949@}
1950@end smallexample
1951
1952See the implementation of the @code{$_siginfo} convenience variable in
1953@file{infrun.c} as a real example use of lval_computed.
1954
1955@end table
1956
669fac23
DJ
1957@node Stack Frames
1958@chapter Stack Frames
1959
1960@cindex frame
1961@cindex call stack frame
1962A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling
1963and called functions.
1964
1965@cindex unwind frame
1966@value{GDBN}'s frame model, a fresh design, was implemented with the
1967need to support @sc{dwarf}'s Call Frame Information in mind. In fact,
1968the term ``unwind'' is taken directly from that specification.
1969Developers wishing to learn more about unwinders, are encouraged to
1970read the @sc{dwarf} specification, available from
1971@url{http://www.dwarfstd.org}.
1972
1973@findex frame_register_unwind
1974@findex get_frame_register
1975@value{GDBN}'s model is that you find a frame's registers by
1976``unwinding'' them from the next younger frame. That is,
1977@samp{get_frame_register} which returns the value of a register in
1978frame #1 (the next-to-youngest frame), is implemented by calling frame
1979#0's @code{frame_register_unwind} (the youngest frame). But then the
1980obvious question is: how do you access the registers of the youngest
1981frame itself?
1982
1983@cindex sentinel frame
1984@findex get_frame_type
1985@vindex SENTINEL_FRAME
587afa38 1986To answer this question, @value{GDBN} has the @dfn{sentinel} frame, the
669fac23
DJ
1987``-1st'' frame. Unwinding registers from the sentinel frame gives you
1988the current values of the youngest real frame's registers. If @var{f}
1989is a sentinel frame, then @code{get_frame_type (@var{f}) @equiv{}
1990SENTINEL_FRAME}.
1991
1992@section Selecting an Unwinder
1993
1994@findex frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder
1995@findex frame_unwind_append_unwinder
1996The architecture registers a list of frame unwinders (@code{struct
1997frame_unwind}), using the functions
1998@code{frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder} and
1999@code{frame_unwind_append_unwinder}. Each unwinder includes a
2000sniffer. Whenever @value{GDBN} needs to unwind a frame (to fetch the
2001previous frame's registers or the current frame's ID), it calls
2002registered sniffers in order to find one which recognizes the frame.
2003The first time a sniffer returns non-zero, the corresponding unwinder
2004is assigned to the frame.
2005
2006@section Unwinding the Frame ID
2007@cindex frame ID
2008
2009Every frame has an associated ID, of type @code{struct frame_id}.
2010The ID includes the stack base and function start address for
2011the frame. The ID persists through the entire life of the frame,
2012including while other called frames are running; it is used to
2013locate an appropriate @code{struct frame_info} from the cache.
2014
2015Every time the inferior stops, and at various other times, the frame
2016cache is flushed. Because of this, parts of @value{GDBN} which need
2017to keep track of individual frames cannot use pointers to @code{struct
2018frame_info}. A frame ID provides a stable reference to a frame, even
2019when the unwinder must be run again to generate a new @code{struct
2020frame_info} for the same frame.
2021
2022The frame's unwinder's @code{this_id} method is called to find the ID.
2023Note that this is different from register unwinding, where the next
2024frame's @code{prev_register} is called to unwind this frame's
2025registers.
2026
2027Both stack base and function address are required to identify the
2028frame, because a recursive function has the same function address for
2029two consecutive frames and a leaf function may have the same stack
2030address as its caller. On some platforms, a third address is part of
2031the ID to further disambiguate frames---for instance, on IA-64
2032the separate register stack address is included in the ID.
2033
005ca36a 2034An invalid frame ID (@code{outer_frame_id}) returned from the
669fac23
DJ
2035@code{this_id} method means to stop unwinding after this frame.
2036
005ca36a
JB
2037@code{null_frame_id} is another invalid frame ID which should be used
2038when there is no frame. For instance, certain breakpoints are attached
2039to a specific frame, and that frame is identified through its frame ID
2040(we use this to implement the "finish" command). Using
2041@code{null_frame_id} as the frame ID for a given breakpoint means
2042that the breakpoint is not specific to any frame. The @code{this_id}
2043method should never return @code{null_frame_id}.
2044
669fac23
DJ
2045@section Unwinding Registers
2046
2047Each unwinder includes a @code{prev_register} method. This method
2048takes a frame, an associated cache pointer, and a register number.
2049It returns a @code{struct value *} describing the requested register,
2050as saved by this frame. This is the value of the register that is
2051current in this frame's caller.
2052
2053The returned value must have the same type as the register. It may
2054have any lvalue type. In most circumstances one of these routines
2055will generate the appropriate value:
2056
2057@table @code
2058@item frame_unwind_got_optimized
2059@findex frame_unwind_got_optimized
2060This register was not saved.
2061
2062@item frame_unwind_got_register
2063@findex frame_unwind_got_register
2064This register was copied into another register in this frame. This
2065is also used for unchanged registers; they are ``copied'' into the
2066same register.
2067
2068@item frame_unwind_got_memory
2069@findex frame_unwind_got_memory
2070This register was saved in memory.
2071
2072@item frame_unwind_got_constant
2073@findex frame_unwind_got_constant
2074This register was not saved, but the unwinder can compute the previous
2075value some other way.
2076
2077@item frame_unwind_got_address
2078@findex frame_unwind_got_address
2079Same as @code{frame_unwind_got_constant}, except that the value is a target
2080address. This is frequently used for the stack pointer, which is not
2081explicitly saved but has a known offset from this frame's stack
2082pointer. For architectures with a flat unified address space, this is
2083generally the same as @code{frame_unwind_got_constant}.
2084@end table
2085
c906108c
SS
2086@node Symbol Handling
2087
2088@chapter Symbol Handling
2089
1f70da6a
SS
2090Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include
2091variables, functions, and types.
2092
2093Symbol information for a large program can be truly massive, and
2094reading of symbol information is one of the major performance
2095bottlenecks in @value{GDBN}; it can take many minutes to process it
2096all. Studies have shown that nearly all the time spent is
2097computational, rather than file reading.
2098
2099One of the ways for @value{GDBN} to provide a good user experience is
2100to start up quickly, taking no more than a few seconds. It is simply
2101not possible to process all of a program's debugging info in that
2102time, and so we attempt to handle symbols incrementally. For instance,
2103we create @dfn{partial symbol tables} consisting of only selected
2104symbols, and only expand them to full symbol tables when necessary.
c906108c
SS
2105
2106@section Symbol Reading
2107
56caf160
EZ
2108@cindex symbol reading
2109@cindex reading of symbols
2110@cindex symbol files
2111@value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol
2112file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is
2113debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for
2114symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read
1f70da6a
SS
2115more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands. In
2116addition, it may bring in more symbols while loading shared
2117libraries.
56caf160
EZ
2118
2119@findex find_sym_fns
2120Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using
2121the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type
2122of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses
2123this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions.
2124
2125@findex add_symtab_fns
2126@cindex @code{sym_fns} structure
2127@cindex adding a symbol-reading module
2128Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling
c906108c
SS
2129@code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument
2130to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the
2131name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix,
2132and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various
56caf160 2133times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified
c906108c
SS
2134prefix.
2135
2136The functions supplied by each module are:
2137
2138@table @code
2139@item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)
2140
56caf160 2141@cindex secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
2142Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new
2143symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly
2144resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to
56caf160
EZ
2145read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading
2146might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
2147whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table.
2148
2149The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated
2150@code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the
2151new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed,
2152and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private
2153information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed
2154in the @code{private} field.
2155
2156There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call
2157@code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem.
2158
2159@item @var{xyz}_new_init()
2160
2161Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols.
56caf160
EZ
2162This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal
2163state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of
2164@value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no
2165arguments and no result. It may be called after
2166@code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or
2167may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded.
c906108c
SS
2168
2169@item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)
2170
2171Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a
2172symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs.
2173
56caf160 2174@code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to
c906108c
SS
2175@code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is
2176the offset between the file's specified start address and its true
2177address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol
c1468174 2178table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g., shared library
c906108c
SS
2179or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill
2180@end table
2181
2182In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when
2183@var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer
2184to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called
25822942 2185from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code.
c906108c
SS
2186
2187@table @code
2188@item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
2189
56caf160 2190Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if
c906108c
SS
2191the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab}
2192pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a
56caf160
EZ
2193symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and
2194@code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or
c906108c
SS
2195zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file.
2196@end table
2197
2198@section Partial Symbol Tables
2199
56caf160 2200@value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables:
c906108c
SS
2201
2202@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2203@cindex full symbol table
2204@cindex symtabs
2205@item
2206Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main
2207information about symbols and addresses.
c906108c 2208
56caf160
EZ
2209@cindex psymtabs
2210@item
2211Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough
c906108c
SS
2212information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full
2213symbol table.
2214
56caf160
EZ
2215@cindex minimal symbol table
2216@cindex minsymtabs
2217@item
2218Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information
c906108c 2219gleaned from non-debugging symbols.
c906108c
SS
2220@end itemize
2221
56caf160 2222@cindex partial symbol table
c906108c
SS
2223This section describes partial symbol tables.
2224
2225A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable
2226file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are
56caf160 2227extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will
c906108c 2228need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the
25822942 2229information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very
c906108c
SS
2230quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small
2231pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to
2232the user.
2233@c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.)
2234
2235The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those
2236visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from
2237that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and
56caf160 2238types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope.
c906108c
SS
2239
2240The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the
2241full symbol table would represent.
2242
56caf160
EZ
2243@cindex finding a symbol
2244@cindex symbol lookup
c906108c
SS
2245The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the
2246code in the debugger) to reference a symbol:
2247
2248@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2249@findex find_pc_function
2250@findex find_pc_line
2251@item
c1468174 2252By its address (e.g., execution stops at some address which is inside a
56caf160
EZ
2253function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the
2254range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in.
2255@code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other
2256@code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this.
c906108c 2257
56caf160
EZ
2258@cindex lookup_symbol
2259@item
2260By its name
c1468174 2261(e.g., the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a
c906108c
SS
2262function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the
2263psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will
2264have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which
2265case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the
56caf160 2266qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a
c906108c
SS
2267local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol}
2268does most of the work here.
c906108c
SS
2269@end itemize
2270
2271The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in
2272at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab,
2273while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since
2274psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in
2275them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol,
2276either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by
2277name.
2278
56caf160
EZ
2279It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has
2280been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read
2281in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain
2282all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address
2283ranges.
c906108c 2284
56caf160 2285The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be
c906108c
SS
2286thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always
2287be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a
2288bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack,
2289and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays
2290on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them
2291unless you want to do a lot more work.
2292
ccefe4c4
TT
2293Whether or not psymtabs are created depends on the objfile's symbol
2294reader. The core of @value{GDBN} hides the details of partial symbols
2295and partial symbol tables behind a set of function pointers known as
2296the @dfn{quick symbol functions}. These are documented in
2297@file{symfile.h}.
2298
c906108c
SS
2299@section Types
2300
56caf160 2301@unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}).
c906108c 2302
56caf160 2303@cindex fundamental types
25822942 2304These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental
c906108c
SS
2305types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped
2306into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types
56caf160
EZ
2307that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN}
2308knows about.
c906108c 2309
56caf160 2310@unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}).
c906108c 2311
56caf160
EZ
2312@cindex type codes
2313Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one
2314of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as
2315@code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}
2316which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*}
2317types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by
2318other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed
2319or unsigned, and how many bits it uses.
c906108c 2320
56caf160 2321@unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}).
c906108c
SS
2322
2323These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to
56caf160
EZ
2324fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to
2325use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to
2326eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int}
2327initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a
2328@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for
2329an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the
2330@code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and
2331only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many
2332@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with
2333some particular objfile.
c906108c
SS
2334
2335@section Object File Formats
56caf160 2336@cindex object file formats
c906108c
SS
2337
2338@subsection a.out
2339
56caf160
EZ
2340@cindex @code{a.out} format
2341The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It
2342consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss},
2343which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data,
2344respectively.
c906108c 2345
56caf160 2346The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved
c906108c 2347place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used
56caf160
EZ
2348@samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging
2349format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal
c906108c
SS
2350symbols with distinctive attributes.
2351
56caf160 2352The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}.
c906108c
SS
2353
2354@subsection COFF
2355
56caf160 2356@cindex COFF format
c906108c
SS
2357The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix.
2358COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The
2359number of sections is limited.
2360
2361The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this
1f70da6a
SS
2362was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited.
2363For instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an
2364included file. GNU's COFF-using configs often use stabs-type info,
2365encapsulated in special sections.
c906108c
SS
2366
2367The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}.
2368
2369@subsection ECOFF
2370
56caf160 2371@cindex ECOFF format
c906108c
SS
2372ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha
2373workstations.
2374
2375The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}.
2376
2377@subsection XCOFF
2378
56caf160 2379@cindex XCOFF format
c906108c
SS
2380The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF.
2381The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging
56caf160
EZ
2382symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the
2383@code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more
2384information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}.
c906108c
SS
2385
2386The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what
2387shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which
2388refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be
2389relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least
2390using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has
2391been run (or the core file has been read).
2392
2393@subsection PE
2394
56caf160
EZ
2395@cindex PE-COFF format
2396Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their
c906108c
SS
2397executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers.
2398
25822942 2399While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic
c906108c
SS
2400COFF reader.
2401
2402@subsection ELF
2403
56caf160 2404@cindex ELF format
1f70da6a
SS
2405The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is
2406similar to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it
2407removes many of COFF's limitations. Debugging info may be either stabs
2408encapsulated in ELF sections, or more commonly these days, DWARF.
c906108c
SS
2409
2410The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}.
2411
2412@subsection SOM
2413
56caf160 2414@cindex SOM format
c906108c
SS
2415SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's
2416SOM, which is a cross-language ABI).
2417
1a92f856 2418The SOM reader is in @file{somread.c}.
c906108c 2419
c906108c
SS
2420@section Debugging File Formats
2421
2422This section describes characteristics of debugging information that
2423are independent of the object file format.
2424
2425@subsection stabs
2426
56caf160 2427@cindex stabs debugging info
c906108c
SS
2428@code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out}
2429format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file
2430formats, such as COFF and ELF.
2431
2432While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing,
2433including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does
2434the real work.
2435
2436@subsection COFF
2437
56caf160 2438@cindex COFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2439The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level
2440of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used.
2441
2442@subsection Mips debug (Third Eye)
2443
56caf160 2444@cindex ECOFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2445ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format.
2446
2447The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format.
2448
1f70da6a
SS
2449@c mention DWARF 1 as a formerly-supported format
2450
c906108c
SS
2451@subsection DWARF 2
2452
56caf160 2453@cindex DWARF 2 debugging info
c906108c
SS
2454DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1.
2455
2456The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}.
2457
31fffb02
CS
2458@subsection Compressed DWARF 2
2459
2460@cindex Compressed DWARF 2 debugging info
2461Compressed DWARF 2 is not technically a separate debugging format, but
2462merely DWARF 2 debug information that has been compressed. In this
2463format, every object-file section holding DWARF 2 debugging
2464information is compressed and prepended with a header. (The section
2465is also typically renamed, so a section called @code{.debug_info} in a
2466DWARF 2 binary would be called @code{.zdebug_info} in a compressed
2467DWARF 2 binary.) The header is 12 bytes long:
2468
2469@itemize @bullet
2470@item
24714 bytes: the literal string ``ZLIB''
2472@item
24738 bytes: the uncompressed size of the section, in big-endian byte
2474order.
2475@end itemize
2476
2477The same reader is used for both compressed an normal DWARF 2 info.
2478Section decompression is done in @code{zlib_decompress_section} in
2479@file{dwarf2read.c}.
2480
1f70da6a
SS
2481@subsection DWARF 3
2482
2483@cindex DWARF 3 debugging info
2484DWARF 3 is an improved version of DWARF 2.
2485
c906108c
SS
2486@subsection SOM
2487
56caf160 2488@cindex SOM debugging info
c906108c
SS
2489Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information.
2490
25822942 2491@section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2492
56caf160
EZ
2493@cindex adding debugging info reader
2494If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc),
c906108c
SS
2495there is probably little to be done.
2496
2497If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to
2498BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document.
2499
2500You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the
1f70da6a
SS
2501debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping
2502routines from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the
2503debugging information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not
2504depend on the BFD internal data structures.
c906108c
SS
2505
2506For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used
2507to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various
2508platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that
2509will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called
2510directly. This interface should be described in a file
56caf160 2511@file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 2512
c91d38aa
DJ
2513@section Memory Management for Symbol Files
2514
2515Most memory associated with a loaded symbol file is stored on
2516its @code{objfile_obstack}. This includes symbols, types,
2517namespace data, and other information produced by the symbol readers.
2518
2519Because this data lives on the objfile's obstack, it is automatically
2520released when the objfile is unloaded or reloaded. Therefore one
2521objfile must not reference symbol or type data from another objfile;
2522they could be unloaded at different times.
2523
2524User convenience variables, et cetera, have associated types. Normally
2525these types live in the associated objfile. However, when the objfile
2526is unloaded, those types are deep copied to global memory, so that
2527the values of the user variables and history items are not lost.
2528
c906108c
SS
2529
2530@node Language Support
2531
2532@chapter Language Support
2533
56caf160
EZ
2534@cindex language support
2535@value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader,
2536although it is possible for the user to set the source language
2537manually.
c906108c 2538
56caf160
EZ
2539@value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension
2540of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f}
2541means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language
2542identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF.
c906108c 2543
25822942 2544@section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2545
56caf160
EZ
2546@cindex adding source language
2547To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the
2548following steps:
c906108c
SS
2549
2550@table @emph
2551@item Create the expression parser.
2552
56caf160 2553@cindex expression parser
c906108c 2554This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for
56caf160 2555building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in
c906108c
SS
2556@file{parse.c}.
2557
56caf160 2558@cindex language parser
c906108c
SS
2559Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces
2560parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines
56caf160 2561@strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the
c906108c
SS
2562various parsers from defining the same global names:
2563
474c8240 2564@smallexample
56caf160
EZ
2565#define yyparse @var{lang}_parse
2566#define yylex @var{lang}_lex
2567#define yyerror @var{lang}_error
2568#define yylval @var{lang}_lval
2569#define yychar @var{lang}_char
2570#define yydebug @var{lang}_debug
2571#define yypact @var{lang}_pact
2572#define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1
2573#define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2
2574#define yydef @var{lang}_def
2575#define yychk @var{lang}_chk
2576#define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo
2577#define yyact @var{lang}_act
2578#define yyexca @var{lang}_exca
2579#define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag
2580#define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs
474c8240 2581@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
2582
2583At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and
2584initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an
2585@code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call
25822942 2586@samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
2587that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables
2588and functions, which will be used via pointers from your
2589@code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct
2590language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files,
2591for more information.
2592
2593@item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary
2594
56caf160
EZ
2595@cindex expression evaluation routines
2596@findex evaluate_subexp
2597@findex prefixify_subexp
2598@findex length_of_subexp
c906108c
SS
2599If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language),
2600add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support
56caf160
EZ
2601code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function
2602defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases
c906108c 2603for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}:
56caf160 2604@code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute
c906108c
SS
2605the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up.
2606
2607@item Update some existing code
2608
2609Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type
2610@code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}.
2611
2612Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included.
2613These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases)
2614are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch
2615statement, an error is reported.
2616
56caf160 2617@vindex current_language
c906108c
SS
2618Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable
2619@code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the
2620@code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable
2621string.
2622
56caf160 2623@findex _initialize_language
c906108c
SS
2624Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your
2625language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is
25822942 2626dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for.
c906108c 2627
56caf160 2628@findex allocate_symtab
c906108c
SS
2629Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading
2630code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly.
2631This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level.
2632Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source
2633file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol
2634information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading
2635code.
2636
56caf160
EZ
2637@findex print_subexp
2638@findex op_print_tab
2639Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new
c906108c
SS
2640expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the
2641printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}.
2642
2643@item Add a place of call
2644
56caf160 2645@findex parse_exp_1
c906108c 2646Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in
56caf160 2647@code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}).
c906108c 2648
c906108c
SS
2649@item Edit @file{Makefile.in}
2650
2651Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro
2652variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may
2653not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the
2654distribution!
c906108c
SS
2655@end table
2656
2657
2658@node Host Definition
2659
2660@chapter Host Definition
2661
56caf160 2662With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host
7fd60527
AC
2663definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided,
2664mainly, as an historical reference.
c906108c
SS
2665
2666@section Adding a New Host
2667
56caf160
EZ
2668@cindex adding a new host
2669@cindex host, adding
7fd60527
AC
2670@value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf.
2671New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts
2672@value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed
2673below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will
56caf160 2674eventually disappear.
c906108c 2675
c906108c 2676@table @file
c906108c 2677@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
1f70da6a
SS
2678This file is a Makefile fragment that once contained both host and
2679native configuration information (@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the
2680machine @var{xyz}. The host configuration information is now handled
2681by Autoconf.
7fd60527 2682
1f70da6a 2683Host configuration information included definitions for @code{CC},
7708fa01
AC
2684@code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES},
2685@code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 2686
1f70da6a 2687New host-only configurations do not need this file.
c906108c 2688
c906108c
SS
2689@end table
2690
1f70da6a
SS
2691(Files named @file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h} were once
2692used to define host-specific macros, but were no longer needed and
2693have all been removed.)
2694
c906108c
SS
2695@subheading Generic Host Support Files
2696
56caf160 2697@cindex generic host support
c906108c 2698There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
1f70da6a 2699various systems.
c906108c
SS
2700
2701@table @file
56caf160
EZ
2702@cindex remote debugging support
2703@cindex serial line support
c906108c 2704@item ser-unix.c
1f70da6a
SS
2705This contains serial line support for Unix systems. It is included by
2706default on all Unix-like hosts.
2707
2708@item ser-pipe.c
2709This contains serial pipe support for Unix systems. It is included by
2710default on all Unix-like hosts.
2711
2712@item ser-mingw.c
2713This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under
2714Windows using MinGW.
c906108c
SS
2715
2716@item ser-go32.c
2717This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS,
56caf160 2718using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment.
c906108c 2719
56caf160 2720@cindex TCP remote support
c906108c 2721@item ser-tcp.c
1f70da6a
SS
2722This contains generic TCP support using sockets. It is included by
2723default on all Unix-like hosts and with MinGW.
c906108c
SS
2724@end table
2725
2726@section Host Conditionals
2727
56caf160
EZ
2728When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
2729defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the
1f70da6a
SS
2730attributes of the host system. While formerly they could be set in
2731host-specific header files, at present they can be changed only by
2732setting @code{CFLAGS} when building, or by editing the source code.
2733
2734These macros and their meanings (or if the meaning is not documented
2735here, then one of the source files where they are used is indicated)
2736are:
c906108c 2737
56caf160 2738@ftable @code
25822942 2739@item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME
56caf160
EZ
2740The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally
2741@file{.gdbinit}).
c906108c 2742
c906108c
SS
2743@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER
2744If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name
2745of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received.
2746
2747@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY
2748Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by
2749the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}.
2750
c906108c 2751@item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES
56caf160 2752@cindex DOS text files
c906108c
SS
2753Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a
2754line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r}
56caf160
EZ
2755characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files
2756which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary
c906108c
SS
2757mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}.
2758
2759@item DEFAULT_PROMPT
56caf160 2760@cindex prompt
c906108c
SS
2761The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}).
2762
2763@item DEV_TTY
56caf160 2764@cindex terminal device
c906108c
SS
2765The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}.
2766
c906108c
SS
2767@item ISATTY
2768Substitute for isatty, if not available.
2769
1f70da6a
SS
2770@item FOPEN_RB
2771Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files.
c906108c
SS
2772
2773@item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG
56caf160
EZ
2774@cindex @code{long long} data type
2775Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set
2776by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2777
2778@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG
2779Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via
56caf160
EZ
2780the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the
2781@code{configure} script.
c906108c 2782
c906108c
SS
2783@item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR
2784Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number
2785@code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It
2786is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible.
2787
c906108c 2788@item lint
56caf160 2789Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations.
c906108c
SS
2790
2791@item volatile
2792Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or
2793@code{/**/}.
56caf160 2794@end ftable
c906108c
SS
2795
2796
2797@node Target Architecture Definition
2798
2799@chapter Target Architecture Definition
2800
56caf160
EZ
2801@cindex target architecture definition
2802@value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of
2803machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works
2804with them.
c906108c 2805
af6c57ea
AC
2806The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure
2807@code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated
93c2c750 2808using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}.
c906108c 2809
b6fd0dfb
NR
2810@menu
2811* OS ABI Variant Handling::
2812* Initialize New Architecture::
2813* Registers and Memory::
2814* Pointers and Addresses::
2815* Address Classes::
587afa38 2816* Register Representation::
b6fd0dfb
NR
2817* Frame Interpretation::
2818* Inferior Call Setup::
b39f4988 2819* Adding support for debugging core files::
587afa38 2820* Defining Other Architecture Features::
b6fd0dfb 2821* Adding a New Target::
b6fd0dfb
NR
2822@end menu
2823
2824@node OS ABI Variant Handling
70f80edf
JT
2825@section Operating System ABI Variant Handling
2826@cindex OS ABI variants
2827
2828@value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS
2829ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of
2830variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major
2831components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers.
2832
2833A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair
2834(the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the
2835OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered
2836to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are
2837considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer
2838overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an
2839architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two
2840different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The
2841OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which
2842examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note
2843sections known to be used by several operating systems.
2844
2845@cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure
2846A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the
2847selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI
2848for each BFD architecture.
2849
f4b3909f 2850The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{defs.h}:
70f80edf
JT
2851
2852@table @code
2853
f4b3909f
EZ
2854@findex GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2855@item GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2856Used for struct gdbarch_info if ABI is still uninitialized.
2857
70f80edf
JT
2858@findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2859@item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2860The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch}
2861settings for the architecture will be used.
2862
2863@findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2864@item GDB_OSABI_SVR4
f4b3909f 2865UNIX System V Release 4.
70f80edf
JT
2866
2867@findex GDB_OSABI_HURD
2868@item GDB_OSABI_HURD
f4b3909f 2869GNU using the Hurd kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2870
2871@findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2872@item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
f4b3909f 2873Sun Solaris.
70f80edf
JT
2874
2875@findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2876@item GDB_OSABI_OSF1
f4b3909f 2877OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
70f80edf
JT
2878
2879@findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2880@item GDB_OSABI_LINUX
f4b3909f 2881GNU using the Linux kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2882
2883@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2884@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2885FreeBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2886
2887@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2888@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
f4b3909f 2889FreeBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2890
2891@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2892@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2893NetBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2894
2895@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2896@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
f4b3909f
EZ
2897NetBSD using the ELF executable format.
2898
2899@findex GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2900@item GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2901OpenBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2902
2903@findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2904@item GDB_OSABI_WINCE
f4b3909f 2905Windows CE.
70f80edf 2906
1029b7fa
MK
2907@findex GDB_OSABI_GO32
2908@item GDB_OSABI_GO32
f4b3909f 2909DJGPP.
1029b7fa 2910
f4b3909f
EZ
2911@findex GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2912@item GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2913Irix.
2914
f4b3909f
EZ
2915@findex GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2916@item GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2917Interix (Posix layer for MS-Windows systems).
1029b7fa 2918
f4b3909f
EZ
2919@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2920@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2921HP/UX using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf 2922
f4b3909f
EZ
2923@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2924@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2925HP/UX using the SOM executable format.
70f80edf 2926
f4b3909f
EZ
2927@findex GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2928@item GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2929QNX Neutrino.
2930
2931@findex GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2932@item GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2933Cygwin.
2934
2935@findex GDB_OSABI_AIX
2936@item GDB_OSABI_AIX
2937AIX.
70f80edf
JT
2938
2939@end table
2940
2941Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework:
2942
587afa38 2943@deftypefun {const char *} gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
70f80edf
JT
2944Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}.
2945@end deftypefun
2946
c133ab7a 2947@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}))
70f80edf 2948Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the
c133ab7a
MK
2949architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch},
2950@var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the
2951machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type,
2952will suffice.
70f80edf
JT
2953@end deftypefun
2954
2955@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd}))
2956Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the
2957BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}.
2958If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to
2959be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for
2960any architecture.
2961@end deftypefun
2962
587afa38 2963@deftypefun {enum gdb_osabi} gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd})
70f80edf
JT
2964Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI.
2965The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot
2966be determined.
2967@end deftypefun
2968
2969@deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2970Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the
2971@code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler
2972corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s
2973architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue
2974with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}.
2975@end deftypefun
2976
f4b3909f
EZ
2977@deftypefun void generic_elf_osabi_sniff_abi_tag_sections (bfd *@var{abfd}, asection *@var{sect}, void *@var{obj})
2978Helper routine for ELF file sniffers. Examine the file described by
2979@var{abfd} and look at ABI tag note sections to determine the OS ABI
2980from the note. This function should be called via
2981@code{bfd_map_over_sections}.
2982@end deftypefun
2983
b6fd0dfb 2984@node Initialize New Architecture
7a107747
DJ
2985@section Initializing a New Architecture
2986
587afa38
EZ
2987@menu
2988* How an Architecture is Represented::
2989* Looking Up an Existing Architecture::
2990* Creating a New Architecture::
2991@end menu
2992
2993@node How an Architecture is Represented
2994@subsection How an Architecture is Represented
2995@cindex architecture representation
2996@cindex representation of architecture
2997
7a107747 2998Each @code{gdbarch} is associated with a single @sc{bfd} architecture,
587afa38
EZ
2999via a @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}} in the @code{bfd_architecture}
3000enumeration. The @code{gdbarch} is registered by a call to
3001@code{register_gdbarch_init}, usually from the file's
3002@code{_initialize_@var{filename}} routine, which will be automatically
3003called during @value{GDBN} startup. The arguments are a @sc{bfd}
3004architecture constant and an initialization function.
3005
3006@findex _initialize_@var{arch}_tdep
3007@cindex @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}
3008A @value{GDBN} description for a new architecture, @var{arch} is created by
3009defining a global function @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep}, by
3010convention in the source file @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}. For example,
3011in the case of the OpenRISC 1000, this function is called
3012@code{_initialize_or1k_tdep} and is found in the file
3013@file{or1k-tdep.c}.
3014
3015@cindex @file{configure.tgt}
3016@cindex @code{gdbarch}
3017@findex gdbarch_register
3018The resulting object files containing the implementation of the
3019@code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function are specified in the @value{GDBN}
3020@file{configure.tgt} file, which includes a large case statement
3021pattern matching against the @code{--target} option of the
3022@code{configure} script. The new @code{struct gdbarch} is created
3023within the @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function by calling
3024@code{gdbarch_register}:
3025
3026@smallexample
3027void gdbarch_register (enum bfd_architecture @var{architecture},
3028 gdbarch_init_ftype *@var{init_func},
3029 gdbarch_dump_tdep_ftype *@var{tdep_dump_func});
3030@end smallexample
3031
3032The @var{architecture} will identify the unique @sc{bfd} to be
3033associated with this @code{gdbarch}. The @var{init_func} funciton is
3034called to create and return the new @code{struct gdbarch}. The
3035@var{tdep_dump_func} function will dump the target specific details
3036associated with this architecture.
3037
3038For example the function @code{_initialize_or1k_tdep} creates its
3039architecture for 32-bit OpenRISC 1000 architectures by calling:
3040
3041@smallexample
3042gdbarch_register (bfd_arch_or32, or1k_gdbarch_init, or1k_dump_tdep);
3043@end smallexample
3044
3045@node Looking Up an Existing Architecture
3046@subsection Looking Up an Existing Architecture
3047@cindex @code{gdbarch} lookup
7a107747 3048
587afa38 3049The initialization function has this prototype:
7a107747
DJ
3050
3051@smallexample
3052static struct gdbarch *
3053@var{arch}_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info @var{info},
3054 struct gdbarch_list *@var{arches})
3055@end smallexample
3056
3057The @var{info} argument contains parameters used to select the correct
3058architecture, and @var{arches} is a list of architectures which
3059have already been created with the same @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}}
3060value.
3061
3062The initialization function should first make sure that @var{info}
3063is acceptable, and return @code{NULL} if it is not. Then, it should
3064search through @var{arches} for an exact match to @var{info}, and
3065return one if found. Lastly, if no exact match was found, it should
3066create a new architecture based on @var{info} and return it.
3067
587afa38
EZ
3068@findex gdbarch_list_lookup_by_info
3069@cindex @code{gdbarch_info}
3070The lookup is done using @code{gdbarch_list_lookup_by_info}. It is
3071passed the list of existing architectures, @var{arches}, and the
3072@code{struct gdbarch_info}, @var{info}, and returns the first matching
3073architecture it finds, or @code{NULL} if none are found. If an
3074architecture is found it can be returned as the result from the
3075initialization function, otherwise a new @code{struct gdbach} will need
3076to be created.
3077
3078The struct gdbarch_info has the following components:
3079
3080@smallexample
3081struct gdbarch_info
3082@{
3083 const struct bfd_arch_info *bfd_arch_info;
3084 int byte_order;
3085 bfd *abfd;
3086 struct gdbarch_tdep_info *tdep_info;
3087 enum gdb_osabi osabi;
3088 const struct target_desc *target_desc;
3089@};
3090@end smallexample
3091
3092@vindex bfd_arch_info
3093The @code{bfd_arch_info} member holds the key details about the
3094architecture. The @code{byte_order} member is a value in an
3095enumeration indicating the endianism. The @code{abfd} member is a
3096pointer to the full @sc{bfd}, the @code{tdep_info} member is
3097additional custom target specific information, @code{osabi} identifies
3098which (if any) of a number of operating specific ABIs are used by this
3099architecture and the @code{target_desc} member is a set of name-value
3100pairs with information about register usage in this target.
3101
3102When the @code{struct gdbarch} initialization function is called, not
3103all the fields are provided---only those which can be deduced from the
3104@sc{bfd}. The @code{struct gdbarch_info}, @var{info} is used as a
3105look-up key with the list of existing architectures, @var{arches} to
3106see if a suitable architecture already exists. The @var{tdep_info},
3107@var{osabi} and @var{target_desc} fields may be added before this
3108lookup to refine the search.
3109
7a107747
DJ
3110Only information in @var{info} should be used to choose the new
3111architecture. Historically, @var{info} could be sparse, and
3112defaults would be collected from the first element on @var{arches}.
3113However, @value{GDBN} now fills in @var{info} more thoroughly,
3114so new @code{gdbarch} initialization functions should not take
3115defaults from @var{arches}.
3116
587afa38
EZ
3117@node Creating a New Architecture
3118@subsection Creating a New Architecture
3119@cindex @code{struct gdbarch} creation
3120
3121@findex gdbarch_alloc
3122@cindex @code{gdbarch_tdep} when allocating new @code{gdbarch}
3123If no architecture is found, then a new architecture must be created,
3124by calling @code{gdbarch_alloc} using the supplied @code{@w{struct
3125gdbarch_info}} and any additional custom target specific
3126information in a @code{struct gdbarch_tdep}. The prototype for
3127@code{gdbarch_alloc} is:
3128
3129@smallexample
3130struct gdbarch *gdbarch_alloc (const struct gdbarch_info *@var{info},
3131 struct gdbarch_tdep *@var{tdep});
3132@end smallexample
3133
3134@cindex @code{set_gdbarch} functions
3135@cindex @code{gdbarch} accessor functions
3136The newly created struct gdbarch must then be populated. Although
3137there are default values, in most cases they are not what is
3138required.
3139
3140For each element, @var{X}, there is are a pair of corresponding accessor
3141functions, one to set the value of that element,
3142@code{set_gdbarch_@var{X}}, the second to either get the value of an
3143element (if it is a variable) or to apply the element (if it is a
3144function), @code{gdbarch_@var{X}}. Note that both accessor functions
3145take a pointer to the @code{@w{struct gdbarch}} as first
3146argument. Populating the new @code{gdbarch} should use the
3147@code{set_gdbarch} functions.
3148
3149The following sections identify the main elements that should be set
3150in this way. This is not the complete list, but represents the
3151functions and elements that must commonly be specified for a new
3152architecture. Many of the functions and variables are described in the
3153header file @file{gdbarch.h}.
3154
3155This is the main work in defining a new architecture. Implementing the
3156set of functions to populate the @code{struct gdbarch}.
3157
3158@cindex @code{gdbarch_tdep} definition
3159@code{struct gdbarch_tdep} is not defined within @value{GDBN}---it is up
3160to the user to define this struct if it is needed to hold custom target
3161information that is not covered by the standard @code{@w{struct
3162gdbarch}}. For example with the OpenRISC 1000 architecture it is used to
3163hold the number of matchpoints available in the target (along with other
3164information).
3165
3166If there is no additional target specific information, it can be set to
3167@code{NULL}.
3168
b6fd0dfb 3169@node Registers and Memory
c906108c
SS
3170@section Registers and Memory
3171
56caf160
EZ
3172@value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple.
3173@value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a
3174block of memory. Each register may have a different size.
c906108c 3175
56caf160
EZ
3176@value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the
3177compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical
3178that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is
3179to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses,
4a9bb1df 3180and to reflect that in the @code{gdbarch_register_name} and related functions.
c906108c 3181
25822942 3182@value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures.
c906108c 3183
b6fd0dfb 3184@node Pointers and Addresses
93e79dbd
JB
3185@section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses
3186@cindex pointer representation
3187@cindex address representation
3188@cindex word-addressed machines
3189@cindex separate data and code address spaces
3190@cindex spaces, separate data and code address
3191@cindex address spaces, separate data and code
3192@cindex code pointers, word-addressed
3193@cindex converting between pointers and addresses
3194@cindex D10V addresses
3195
3196On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is
3197indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number
3198whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such
56caf160 3199machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably.
93e79dbd
JB
3200However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for
3201address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this
3202identity, and allows a larger code address space.
3203
1f70da6a
SS
3204@c D10V is gone from sources - more current example?
3205
172c2a43 3206For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose
93e79dbd
JB
3207instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are
3208actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't
3209jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to
3210full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}.
3211If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations,
3212then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions.
3213However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the
56caf160
EZ
3214low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always
3215zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses,
3216the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to
93e79dbd
JB
3217refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of
3218code space.
3219
3220However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different
3221forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address
3222@code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address
3223@code{0x30080} when used as a code address.
3224
3225(The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also
3226affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're
3227going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.)
3228
56caf160
EZ
3229To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only
3230one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are
93e79dbd
JB
3231byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation
3232of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above,
3233@code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses
3234@code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it.
3235@value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address
3236and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture.
3237
3238Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all
3239processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus,
3240each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does
3241distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to
3242clean up some architecture-independent code.
3243
3244Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses:
3245
3246@deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type})
3247Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type
3248@var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner
3249appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address
3250@value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that
3251@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
3252inferior's.
3253
3254For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
3255extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from
3256@var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the
3257D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from
3258@var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function.
3259
3260If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
3261will signal an internal error.
3262@end deftypefun
3263
3264@deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
3265Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a
3266pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that
3267@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
3268inferior's.
3269
3270For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
3271stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the
3272appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture
3273is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is
3274a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}.
3275
3276If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
3277will signal an internal error.
3278@end deftypefun
3279
f23631e4 3280@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val})
93e79dbd
JB
3281Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents,
3282as appropriate for the current architecture.
3283
3284This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers.
3285For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as
3286described above for @code{extract_typed_address}.
3287@end deftypefun
3288
3289@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
3290Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to
3291the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture.
3292This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described
3293above for @code{store_typed_address}.
3294@end deftypefun
3295
4a9bb1df 3296Here are two functions which architectures can define to indicate the
93e79dbd
JB
3297relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default
3298definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are
fc0c74b1 3299simple unsigned byte addresses.
93e79dbd 3300
473f94e6 3301@deftypefun CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
93e79dbd
JB
3302Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3303appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3304address the pointer refers to.
3305
3306This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3307C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 3308@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 3309
473f94e6 3310@deftypefun void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
93e79dbd
JB
3311Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
3312@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
3313
3314This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3315C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 3316@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 3317
b6fd0dfb 3318@node Address Classes
b5b0480a
KB
3319@section Address Classes
3320@cindex address classes
3321@cindex DW_AT_byte_size
3322@cindex DW_AT_address_class
3323
3324Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available
3325via the debug information. For example, some programming environments
3326define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information
3327distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size
3328info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit
3329address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the
3330following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these
3331types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to
3332a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions.
3333
473f94e6 3334@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
b5b0480a
KB
3335Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size
3336is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}.
3337This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See
3338@file{dwarf2read.c}.
4a9bb1df 3339@end deftypefun
b5b0480a 3340
473f94e6 3341@deftypefun {char *} gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{type_flags})
b5b0480a
KB
3342Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return
3343its name.
4a9bb1df 3344@end deftypefun
473f94e6 3345@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{name}, int *@var{type_flags_ptr})
d3e8051b 3346Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags
b5b0480a 3347for that address class qualifier.
4a9bb1df 3348@end deftypefun
b5b0480a
KB
3349
3350Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of
4a9bb1df
UW
3351the address class functions are defined by default. Predicate
3352functions are provided to detect when they are defined.
b5b0480a
KB
3353
3354Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally
335532-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore,
3356suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply
3357uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one
3358of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined
4a9bb1df 3359to implement the address class functions:
b5b0480a
KB
3360
3361@smallexample
3362somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size,
3363 int dwarf2_addr_class)
f2abfe65 3364@{
b5b0480a
KB
3365 if (byte_size == 2)
3366 return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3367 else
3368 return 0;
f2abfe65 3369@}
b5b0480a
KB
3370
3371static char *
3372somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags)
f2abfe65 3373@{
b5b0480a
KB
3374 if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1)
3375 return "short";
3376 else
3377 return NULL;
f2abfe65 3378@}
b5b0480a
KB
3379
3380int
3381somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name,
3382 int *type_flags_ptr)
f2abfe65 3383@{
b5b0480a 3384 if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
f2abfe65 3385 @{
b5b0480a
KB
3386 *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3387 return 1;
f2abfe65 3388 @}
b5b0480a
KB
3389 else
3390 return 0;
f2abfe65 3391@}
b5b0480a
KB
3392@end smallexample
3393
3394The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions
587afa38
EZ
3395to indicate the presence of one of these ``short'' pointers. For
3396example if the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is
3397one of these short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following
3398behavior:
b5b0480a
KB
3399
3400@smallexample
3401(gdb) ptype short_ptr_var
3402type = int * @@short
3403@end smallexample
3404
93e79dbd 3405
587afa38
EZ
3406@node Register Representation
3407@section Register Representation
3408
3409@menu
3410* Raw and Cooked Registers::
3411* Register Architecture Functions & Variables::
3412* Register Information Functions::
3413* Register and Memory Data::
3414* Register Caching::
3415@end menu
3416
3417@node Raw and Cooked Registers
3418@subsection Raw and Cooked Registers
13d01224 3419@cindex raw register representation
587afa38
EZ
3420@cindex cooked register representation
3421@cindex representations, raw and cooked registers
3422
3423@value{GDBN} considers registers to be a set with members numbered
3424linearly from 0 upwards. The first part of that set corresponds to real
3425physical registers, the second part to any @dfn{pseudo-registers}.
3426Pseudo-registers have no independent physical existence, but are useful
3427representations of information within the architecture. For example the
3428OpenRISC 1000 architecture has up to 32 general purpose registers, which
3429are typically represented as 32-bit (or 64-bit) integers. However the
3430GPRs are also used as operands to the floating point operations, and it
3431could be convenient to define a set of pseudo-registers, to show the
3432GPRs represented as floating point values.
3433
3434For any architecture, the implementer will decide on a mapping from
3435hardware to @value{GDBN} register numbers. The registers corresponding to real
3436hardware are referred to as @dfn{raw} registers, the remaining registers are
3437@dfn{pseudo-registers}. The total register set (raw and pseudo) is called
3438the @dfn{cooked} register set.
3439
3440
3441@node Register Architecture Functions & Variables
3442@subsection Functions and Variables Specifying the Register Architecture
3443@cindex @code{gdbarch} register architecture functions
3444
3445These @code{struct gdbarch} functions and variables specify the number
3446and type of registers in the architecture.
3447
3448@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR read_pc (struct regcache *@var{regcache})
3449@end deftypefn
3450@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void write_pc (struct regcache *@var{regcache}, CORE_ADDR @var{val})
13d01224 3451
587afa38
EZ
3452Read or write the program counter. The default value of both
3453functions is @code{NULL} (no function available). If the program
3454counter is just an ordinary register, it can be specified in
3455@code{struct gdbarch} instead (see @code{pc_regnum} below) and it will
3456be read or written using the standard routines to access registers. This
3457function need only be specified if the program counter is not an
3458ordinary register.
3459
3460Any register information can be obtained using the supplied register
3461cache, @var{regcache}. @xref{Register Caching, , Register Caching}.
3462
3463@end deftypefn
3464
3465@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void pseudo_register_read (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, int @var{regnum}, const gdb_byte *@var{buf})
3466@end deftypefn
3467@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void pseudo_register_write (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, int @var{regnum}, const gdb_byte *@var{buf})
3468
3469These functions should be defined if there are any pseudo-registers.
3470The default value is @code{NULL}. @var{regnum} is the number of the
3471register to read or write (which will be a @dfn{cooked} register
3472number) and @var{buf} is the buffer where the value read will be
3473placed, or from which the value to be written will be taken. The
3474value in the buffer may be converted to or from a signed or unsigned
3475integral value using one of the utility functions (@pxref{Register and
d0384fc4 3476Memory Data, , Using Different Register and Memory Data
587afa38 3477Representations}).
af6c57ea 3478
587afa38
EZ
3479The access should be for the specified architecture,
3480@var{gdbarch}. Any register information can be obtained using the
3481supplied register cache, @var{regcache}. @xref{Register Caching, ,
3482Register Caching}.
9fb4dd36 3483
587afa38 3484@end deftypefn
13d01224 3485
587afa38
EZ
3486@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int sp_regnum
3487@vindex sp_regnum
3488@cindex stack pointer
3489@cindex @kbd{$sp}
9fb4dd36 3490
587afa38
EZ
3491This specifies the register holding the stack pointer, which may be a
3492raw or pseudo-register. It defaults to -1 (not defined), but it is an
3493error for it not to be defined.
9fb4dd36 3494
587afa38
EZ
3495The value of the stack pointer register can be accessed withing
3496@value{GDBN} as the variable @kbd{$sp}.
3497
3498@end deftypevr
3499
3500@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int pc_regnum
3501@vindex pc_regnum
3502@cindex program counter
3503@cindex @kbd{$pc}
3504
3505This specifies the register holding the program counter, which may be a
3506raw or pseudo-register. It defaults to -1 (not defined). If
3507@code{pc_regnum} is not defined, then the functions @code{read_pc} and
3508@code{write_pc} (see above) must be defined.
3509
3510The value of the program counter (whether defined as a register, or
3511through @code{read_pc} and @code{write_pc}) can be accessed withing
3512@value{GDBN} as the variable @kbd{$pc}.
3513
3514@end deftypevr
3515
3516@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int ps_regnum
3517@vindex ps_regnum
3518@cindex processor status register
3519@cindex status register
3520@cindex @kbd{$ps}
3521
3522This specifies the register holding the processor status (often called
3523the status register), which may be a raw or pseudo-register. It
3524defaults to -1 (not defined).
3525
3526If defined, the value of this register can be accessed withing
3527@value{GDBN} as the variable @kbd{$ps}.
3528
3529@end deftypevr
3530
3531@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int fp0_regnum
3532@vindex fp0_regnum
3533@cindex first floating point register
3534
3535This specifies the first floating point register. It defaults to
35360. @code{fp0_regnum} is not needed unless the target offers support
3537for floating point.
9fb4dd36 3538
587afa38 3539@end deftypevr
9fb4dd36 3540
587afa38
EZ
3541@node Register Information Functions
3542@subsection Functions Giving Register Information
3543@cindex @code{gdbarch} register information functions
9fb4dd36 3544
587afa38
EZ
3545These functions return information about registers.
3546
3547@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {const char *} register_name (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{regnum})
3548
3549This function should convert a register number (raw or pseudo) to a
3550register name (as a C @code{const char *}). This is used both to
3551determine the name of a register for output and to work out the meaning
3552of any register names used as input. The function may also return
3553@code{NULL}, to indicate that @var{regnum} is not a valid register.
3554
3555For example with the OpenRISC 1000, @value{GDBN} registers 0-31 are the
3556General Purpose Registers, register 32 is the program counter and
3557register 33 is the supervision register (i.e.@: the processor status
3558register), which map to the strings @code{"gpr00"} through
3559@code{"gpr31"}, @code{"pc"} and @code{"sr"} respectively. This means
3560that the @value{GDBN} command @kbd{print $gpr5} should print the value of
3561the OR1K general purpose register 5@footnote{
3562@cindex frame pointer
3563@cindex @kbd{$fp}
3564Historically, @value{GDBN} always had a concept of a frame pointer
3565register, which could be accessed via the @value{GDBN} variable,
3566@kbd{$fp}. That concept is now deprecated, recognizing that not all
3567architectures have a frame pointer. However if an architecture does
3568have a frame pointer register, and defines a register or
3569pseudo-register with the name @code{"fp"}, then that register will be
3570used as the value of the @kbd{$fp} variable.}.
3571
3572The default value for this function is @code{NULL}, meaning
3573undefined. It should always be defined.
3574
3575The access should be for the specified architecture, @var{gdbarch}.
6f6ef15a 3576
9fb4dd36
JB
3577@end deftypefn
3578
587afa38 3579@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct type *} register_type (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{regnum})
9fb4dd36 3580
587afa38
EZ
3581Given a register number, this function identifies the type of data it
3582may be holding, specified as a @code{struct type}. @value{GDBN} allows
3583creation of arbitrary types, but a number of built in types are
3584provided (@code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_int32} etc),
3585together with functions to derive types from these.
3586
3587Typically the program counter will have a type of ``pointer to
3588function'' (it points to code), the frame pointer and stack pointer
3589will have types of ``pointer to void'' (they point to data on the stack)
3590and all other integer registers will have a type of 32-bit integer or
359164-bit integer.
3592
3593This information guides the formatting when displaying register
3594information. The default value is @code{NULL} meaning no information is
3595available to guide formatting when displaying registers.
3596
3597@end deftypefn
3598
3599@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void print_registers_info (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct ui_file *@var{file}, struct frame_info *@var{frame}, int @var{regnum}, int @var{all})
3600
3601Define this function to print out one or all of the registers for the
3602@value{GDBN} @kbd{info registers} command. The default value is the
3603function @code{default_print_registers_info}, which uses the register
3604type information (see @code{register_type} above) to determine how each
3605register should be printed. Define a custom version of this function
3606for fuller control over how the registers are displayed.
3607
3608The access should be for the specified architecture, @var{gdbarch},
7a9dd1b2 3609with output to the file specified by the User Interface
587afa38
EZ
3610Independent Output file handle, @var{file} (@pxref{UI-Independent
3611Output, , UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out}
3612Functions}).
3613
3614The registers should show their values in the frame specified by
3615@var{frame}. If @var{regnum} is -1 and @var{all} is zero, then all
3616the ``significant'' registers should be shown (the implementer should
3617decide which registers are ``significant''). Otherwise only the value of
3618the register specified by @var{regnum} should be output. If
3619@var{regnum} is -1 and @var{all} is non-zero (true), then the value of
3620all registers should be shown.
3621
3622By default @code{default_print_registers_info} prints one register per
3623line, and if @var{all} is zero omits floating-point registers.
3624
3625@end deftypefn
3626
3627@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void print_float_info (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct ui_file *@var{file}, struct frame_info *@var{frame}, const char *@var{args})
3628
3629Define this function to provide output about the floating point unit and
3630registers for the @value{GDBN} @kbd{info float} command respectively.
3631The default value is @code{NULL} (not defined), meaning no information
3632will be provided.
3633
3634The @var{gdbarch} and @var{file} and @var{frame} arguments have the same
3635meaning as in the @code{print_registers_info} function above. The string
3636@var{args} contains any supplementary arguments to the @kbd{info float}
3637command.
3638
3639Define this function if the target supports floating point operations.
6f6ef15a 3640
9fb4dd36
JB
3641@end deftypefn
3642
587afa38
EZ
3643@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void print_vector_info (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct ui_file *@var{file}, struct frame_info *@var{frame}, const char *@var{args})
3644
3645Define this function to provide output about the vector unit and
3646registers for the @value{GDBN} @kbd{info vector} command respectively.
3647The default value is @code{NULL} (not defined), meaning no information
3648will be provided.
3649
3650The @var{gdbarch}, @var{file} and @var{frame} arguments have the
3651same meaning as in the @code{print_registers_info} function above. The
3652string @var{args} contains any supplementary arguments to the @kbd{info
3653vector} command.
3654
3655Define this function if the target supports vector operations.
9fb4dd36 3656
9fb4dd36
JB
3657@end deftypefn
3658
587afa38
EZ
3659@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int register_reggroup_p (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{regnum}, struct reggroup *@var{group})
3660
3661@value{GDBN} groups registers into different categories (general,
3662vector, floating point etc). This function, given a register,
3663@var{regnum}, and group, @var{group}, returns 1 (true) if the register
3664is in the group and 0 (false) otherwise.
3665
3666The information should be for the specified architecture,
3667@var{gdbarch}
3668
3669The default value is the function @code{default_register_reggroup_p}
3670which will do a reasonable job based on the type of the register (see
3671the function @code{register_type} above), with groups for general
3672purpose registers, floating point registers, vector registers and raw
3673(i.e not pseudo) registers.
3674
3675@end deftypefn
9fb4dd36 3676
b6fd0dfb 3677@node Register and Memory Data
587afa38 3678@subsection Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations
13d01224
AC
3679@cindex register representation
3680@cindex memory representation
3681@cindex representations, register and memory
3682@cindex register data formats, converting
3683@cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to
3684
587afa38
EZ
3685Some architectures have different representations of data objects,
3686depending whether the object is held in a register or memory. For
3687example:
13d01224
AC
3688
3689@itemize @bullet
3690
3691@item
3692The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in
3693floating-point registers.
3694
3695@item
3696The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The
587afa38
EZ
3697@code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80
3698bits when stored in a register.
13d01224
AC
3699
3700@end itemize
3701
3702In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by
3703the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while
3704the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary
3705Interface.
3706
3707For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two
3708representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
587afa38
EZ
3709However, they do occasionally differ. An architecture may define the
3710following @code{struct gdbarch} functions to request conversions
3711between the register and memory representations of a data type:
13d01224 3712
587afa38 3713@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int gdbarch_convert_register_p (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg})
13d01224 3714
587afa38
EZ
3715Return non-zero (true) if the representation of a data value stored in
3716this register may be different to the representation of that same data
3717value when stored in memory. The default value is @code{NULL}
3718(undefined).
83acabca 3719
587afa38
EZ
3720If this function is defined and returns non-zero, the @code{struct
3721gdbarch} functions @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3722@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} (see below) should be used to perform
3723any necessary conversion.
13d01224 3724
587afa38
EZ
3725If defined, this function should return zero for the register's native
3726type, when no conversion is necessary.
3727@end deftypefn
13d01224 3728
587afa38 3729@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void gdbarch_register_to_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224 3730
587afa38
EZ
3731Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of
3732type @var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value
3733in raw format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at
3734@var{to}.
3735
3736@quotation
3737@emph{Note:} @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3738@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3739arguments in different orders.
3740@end quotation
3741
3742@code{gdbarch_register_to_value} should only be used with registers
3743for which the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a
3744non-zero value.
3745
3746@end deftypefn
3747
3748@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void gdbarch_value_to_register (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224 3749
13d01224
AC
3750Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}'
3751raw format.
3752
587afa38
EZ
3753@quotation
3754@emph{Note:} @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3755@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3756arguments in different orders.
3757@end quotation
13d01224 3758
587afa38
EZ
3759@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} should only be used with registers
3760for which the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a
3761non-zero value.
3762
3763@end deftypefn
3764
3765@node Register Caching
3766@subsection Register Caching
3767@cindex register caching
3768
3769Caching of registers is used, so that the target does not need to be
3770accessed and reanalyzed multiple times for each register in
3771circumstances where the register value cannot have changed.
3772
3773@cindex @code{struct regcache}
3774@value{GDBN} provides @code{struct regcache}, associated with a
3775particular @code{struct gdbarch} to hold the cached values of the raw
3776registers. A set of functions is provided to access both the raw
3777registers (with @code{raw} in their name) and the full set of cooked
3778registers (with @code{cooked} in their name). Functions are provided
3779to ensure the register cache is kept synchronized with the values of
3780the actual registers in the target.
3781
3782Accessing registers through the @code{struct regcache} routines will
3783ensure that the appropriate @code{struct gdbarch} functions are called
3784when necessary to access the underlying target architecture. In general
3785users should use the @dfn{cooked} functions, since these will map to the
3786@dfn{raw} functions automatically as appropriate.
3787
3788@findex regcache_cooked_read
3789@findex regcache_cooked_write
3790@cindex @code{gdb_byte}
3791@findex regcache_cooked_read_signed
3792@findex regcache_cooked_read_unsigned
3793@findex regcache_cooked_write_signed
3794@findex regcache_cooked_write_unsigned
3795The two key functions are @code{regcache_cooked_read} and
3796@code{regcache_cooked_write} which read or write a register from or to
3797a byte buffer (type @code{gdb_byte *}). For convenience the wrapper
3798functions @code{regcache_cooked_read_signed},
3799@code{regcache_cooked_read_unsigned},
3800@code{regcache_cooked_write_signed} and
3801@code{regcache_cooked_write_unsigned} are provided, which read or
3802write the value using the buffer and convert to or from an integral
3803value as appropriate.
13d01224 3804
b6fd0dfb 3805@node Frame Interpretation
c906108c
SS
3806@section Frame Interpretation
3807
587afa38
EZ
3808@menu
3809* All About Stack Frames::
3810* Frame Handling Terminology::
3811* Prologue Caches::
3812* Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames::
3813* Functions to Access Frame Data::
3814* Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers::
3815@end menu
3816
3817@node All About Stack Frames
3818@subsection All About Stack Frames
3819
3820@value{GDBN} needs to understand the stack on which local (automatic)
3821variables are stored. The area of the stack containing all the local
3822variables for a function invocation is known as the @dfn{stack frame}
3823for that function (or colloquially just as the @dfn{frame}). In turn the
3824function that called the function will have its stack frame, and so on
3825back through the chain of functions that have been called.
3826
3827Almost all architectures have one register dedicated to point to the
3828end of the stack (the @dfn{stack pointer}). Many have a second register
3829which points to the start of the currently active stack frame (the
3830@dfn{frame pointer}). The specific arrangements for an architecture are
3831a key part of the ABI.
3832
3833A diagram helps to explain this. Here is a simple program to compute
3834factorials:
3835
3836@smallexample
3837#include <stdio.h>
3838int fact (int n)
3839@{
3840 if (0 == n)
3841 @{
3842 return 1;
3843 @}
3844 else
3845 @{
3846 return n * fact (n - 1);
3847 @}
3848@}
3849
3850main ()
3851@{
3852 int i;
3853
3854 for (i = 0; i < 10; i++)
3855 @{
3856 int f = fact (i);
3857 printf ("%d! = %d\n", i, f);
3858 @}
3859@}
3860@end smallexample
3861
3862Consider the state of the stack when the code reaches line 6 after the
3863main program has called @code{fact@w{ }(3)}. The chain of function
3864calls will be @code{main ()}, @code{fact@w{ }(3)}, @code{fact@w{
3865}(2)}, @code{@w{fact (1)}} and @code{fact@w{ }(0)}.
3866
3867In this illustration the stack is falling (as used for example by the
3868OpenRISC 1000 ABI). The stack pointer (SP) is at the end of the stack
3869(lowest address) and the frame pointer (FP) is at the highest address
3870in the current stack frame. The following diagram shows how the stack
3871looks.
3872
3873@center @image{stack_frame,14cm}
3874
3875In each stack frame, offset 0 from the stack pointer is the frame
3876pointer of the previous frame and offset 4 (this is illustrating a
387732-bit architecture) from the stack pointer is the return address.
3878Local variables are indexed from the frame pointer, with negative
3879indexes. In the function @code{fact}, offset -4 from the frame
3880pointer is the argument @var{n}. In the @code{main} function, offset
3881-4 from the frame pointer is the local variable @var{i} and offset -8
3882from the frame pointer is the local variable @var{f}@footnote{This is
3883a simplified example for illustrative purposes only. Good optimizing
3884compilers would not put anything on the stack for such simple
3885functions. Indeed they might eliminate the recursion and use of the
3886stack entirely!}.
3887
3888It is very easy to get confused when examining stacks. @value{GDBN}
3889has terminology it uses rigorously throughout. The stack frame of the
3890function currently executing, or where execution stopped is numbered
3891zero. In this example frame #0 is the stack frame of the call to
3892@code{fact@w{ }(0)}. The stack frame of its calling function
3893(@code{fact@w{ }(1)} in this case) is numbered #1 and so on back
3894through the chain of calls.
3895
3896The main @value{GDBN} data structure describing frames is
3897 @code{@w{struct frame_info}}. It is not used directly, but only via
3898its accessor functions. @code{frame_info} includes information about
3899the registers in the frame and a pointer to the code of the function
3900with which the frame is associated. The entire stack is represented as
3901a linked list of @code{frame_info} structs.
3902
3903@node Frame Handling Terminology
3904@subsection Frame Handling Terminology
3905
3906It is easy to get confused when referencing stack frames. @value{GDBN}
3907uses some precise terminology.
3908
3909@itemize @bullet
3910
3911@item
3912@cindex THIS frame
3913@cindex stack frame, definition of THIS frame
3914@cindex frame, definition of THIS frame
3915@dfn{THIS} frame is the frame currently under consideration.
3916
3917@item
3918@cindex NEXT frame
3919@cindex stack frame, definition of NEXT frame
3920@cindex frame, definition of NEXT frame
3921The @dfn{NEXT} frame, also sometimes called the inner or newer frame is the
3922frame of the function called by the function of THIS frame.
3923
3924@item
3925@cindex PREVIOUS frame
3926@cindex stack frame, definition of PREVIOUS frame
3927@cindex frame, definition of PREVIOUS frame
3928The @dfn{PREVIOUS} frame, also sometimes called the outer or older frame is
3929the frame of the function which called the function of THIS frame.
3930
3931@end itemize
3932
3933So in the example in the previous section (@pxref{All About Stack
3934Frames, , All About Stack Frames}), if THIS frame is #3 (the call to
3935@code{fact@w{ }(3)}), the NEXT frame is frame #2 (the call to
3936@code{fact@w{ }(2)}) and the PREVIOUS frame is frame #4 (the call to
3937@code{main@w{ }()}).
3938
3939@cindex innermost frame
3940@cindex stack frame, definition of innermost frame
3941@cindex frame, definition of innermost frame
3942The @dfn{innermost} frame is the frame of the current executing
3943function, or where the program stopped, in this example, in the middle
3944of the call to @code{@w{fact (0))}}. It is always numbered frame #0.
3945
3946@cindex base of a frame
3947@cindex stack frame, definition of base of a frame
3948@cindex frame, definition of base of a frame
3949The @dfn{base} of a frame is the address immediately before the start
3950of the NEXT frame. For a stack which grows down in memory (a
3951@dfn{falling} stack) this will be the lowest address and for a stack
3952which grows up in memory (a @dfn{rising} stack) this will be the
3953highest address in the frame.
3954
3955@value{GDBN} functions to analyze the stack are typically given a
3956pointer to the NEXT frame to determine information about THIS
3957frame. Information about THIS frame includes data on where the
3958registers of the PREVIOUS frame are stored in this stack frame. In
3959this example the frame pointer of the PREVIOUS frame is stored at
3960offset 0 from the stack pointer of THIS frame.
3961
3962@cindex unwinding
3963@cindex stack frame, definition of unwinding
3964@cindex frame, definition of unwinding
3965The process whereby a function is given a pointer to the NEXT
3966frame to work out information about THIS frame is referred to as
3967@dfn{unwinding}. The @value{GDBN} functions involved in this typically
3968include unwind in their name.
3969
3970@cindex sniffing
3971@cindex stack frame, definition of sniffing
3972@cindex frame, definition of sniffing
3973The process of analyzing a target to determine the information that
3974should go in struct frame_info is called @dfn{sniffing}. The functions
3975that carry this out are called sniffers and typically include sniffer
3976in their name. More than one sniffer may be required to extract all
3977the information for a particular frame.
3978
3979@cindex sentinel frame
3980@cindex stack frame, definition of sentinel frame
3981@cindex frame, definition of sentinel frame
3982Because so many functions work using the NEXT frame, there is an issue
3983about addressing the innermost frame---it has no NEXT frame. To solve
3984this @value{GDBN} creates a dummy frame #-1, known as the
3985@dfn{sentinel} frame.
3986
3987@node Prologue Caches
3988@subsection Prologue Caches
3989
3990@cindex function prologue
3991@cindex prologue of a function
3992All the frame sniffing functions typically examine the code at the
3993start of the corresponding function, to determine the state of
3994registers. The ABI will save old values and set new values of key
3995registers at the start of each function in what is known as the
3996function @dfn{prologue}.
3997
3998@cindex prologue cache
3999For any particular stack frame this data does not change, so all the
4000standard unwinding functions, in addition to receiving a pointer to
4001the NEXT frame as their first argument, receive a pointer to a
4002@dfn{prologue cache} as their second argument. This can be used to store
4003values associated with a particular frame, for reuse on subsequent
4004calls involving the same frame.
4005
4006It is up to the user to define the structure used (it is a
4007@code{void@w{ }*} pointer) and arrange allocation and deallocation of
4008storage. However for general use, @value{GDBN} provides
4009@code{@w{struct trad_frame_cache}}, with a set of accessor
4010routines. This structure holds the stack and code address of
4011THIS frame, the base address of the frame, a pointer to the
4012struct @code{frame_info} for the NEXT frame and details of
4013where the registers of the PREVIOUS frame may be found in THIS
4014frame.
4015
4016Typically the first time any sniffer function is called with NEXT
4017frame, the prologue sniffer for THIS frame will be @code{NULL}. The
4018sniffer will analyze the frame, allocate a prologue cache structure
4019and populate it. Subsequent calls using the same NEXT frame will
4020pass in this prologue cache, so the data can be returned with no
4021additional analysis.
4022
4023@node Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames
4024@subsection Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames
4025
4026These struct @code{gdbarch} functions and variable should be defined
4027to provide analysis of the stack frame and allow it to be adjusted as
4028required.
4029
4030@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR skip_prologue (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{pc})
4031
4032The prologue of a function is the code at the beginning of the
4033function which sets up the stack frame, saves the return address
4034etc. The code representing the behavior of the function starts after
4035the prologue.
4036
4037This function skips past the prologue of a function if the program
4038counter, @var{pc}, is within the prologue of a function. The result is
4039the program counter immediately after the prologue. With modern
4040optimizing compilers, this may be a far from trivial exercise. However
4041the required information may be within the binary as DWARF2 debugging
4042information, making the job much easier.
4043
4044The default value is @code{NULL} (not defined). This function should always
4045be provided, but can take advantage of DWARF2 debugging information,
4046if that is available.
4047
4048@end deftypefn
4049
4050@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int inner_than (CORE_ADDR @var{lhs}, CORE_ADDR @var{rhs})
4051@findex core_addr_lessthan
4052@findex core_addr_greaterthan
4053
4054Given two frame or stack pointers, return non-zero (true) if the first
4055represents the @dfn{inner} stack frame and 0 (false) otherwise. This
4056is used to determine whether the target has a stack which grows up in
4057memory (rising stack) or grows down in memory (falling stack).
4058@xref{All About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames}, for an
4059explanation of @dfn{inner} frames.
4060
4061The default value of this function is @code{NULL} and it should always
4062be defined. However for almost all architectures one of the built-in
4063functions can be used: @code{core_addr_lessthan} (for stacks growing
4064down in memory) or @code{core_addr_greaterthan} (for stacks growing up
4065in memory).
4066
4067@end deftypefn
4068
4069@anchor{frame_align}
4070@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR frame_align (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
4071@findex align_down
4072@findex align_up
4073
4074The architecture may have constraints on how its frames are
4075aligned. For example the OpenRISC 1000 ABI requires stack frames to be
4076double-word aligned, but 32-bit versions of the architecture allocate
4077single-word values to the stack. Thus extra padding may be needed at
4078the end of a stack frame.
4079
4080Given a proposed address for the stack pointer, this function
4081returns a suitably aligned address (by expanding the stack frame).
4082
4083The default value is @code{NULL} (undefined). This function should be defined
4084for any architecture where it is possible the stack could become
4085misaligned. The utility functions @code{align_down} (for falling
4086stacks) and @code{align_up} (for rising stacks) will facilitate the
4087implementation of this function.
4088
4089@end deftypefn
4090
4091@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int frame_red_zone_size
4092
4093Some ABIs reserve space beyond the end of the stack for use by leaf
4094functions without prologue or epilogue or by exception handlers (for
4095example the OpenRISC 1000).
4096
4097This is known as a @dfn{red zone} (AMD terminology). The @sc{amd64}
4098(nee x86-64) ABI documentation refers to the @dfn{red zone} when
4099describing this scratch area.
4100
4101The default value is 0. Set this field if the architecture has such a
4102red zone. The value must be aligned as required by the ABI (see
4103@code{frame_align} above for an explanation of stack frame alignment).
4104
4105@end deftypevr
4106
4107@node Functions to Access Frame Data
4108@subsection Functions to Access Frame Data
4109
4110These functions provide access to key registers and arguments in the
4111stack frame.
4112
4113@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR unwind_pc (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{next_frame})
4114
4115This function is given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame (@pxref{All
4116About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames}, for how frames are
4117represented) and returns the value of the program counter in the
4118PREVIOUS frame (i.e.@: the frame of the function that called THIS
4119one). This is commonly referred to as the @dfn{return address}.
4120
4121The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
4122is typically no more than:
4123
4124@smallexample
4125ULONGEST pc;
4126pc = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, @var{ARCH}_PC_REGNUM);
4127return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, pc);
4128@end smallexample
4129
4130@end deftypefn
4131
4132@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR unwind_sp (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{next_frame})
4133
4134This function is given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame
4135(@pxref{All About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames} for how
4136frames are represented) and returns the value of the stack pointer in
4137the PREVIOUS frame (i.e.@: the frame of the function that called
4138THIS one).
4139
4140The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
4141is typically no more than:
4142
4143@smallexample
4144ULONGEST sp;
4145sp = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, @var{ARCH}_SP_REGNUM);
4146return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, sp);
4147@end smallexample
4148
4149@end deftypefn
4150
4151@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int frame_num_args (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
4152
4153This function is given a pointer to THIS stack frame (@pxref{All
4154About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames} for how frames are
4155represented), and returns the number of arguments that are being
4156passed, or -1 if not known.
4157
4158The default value is @code{NULL} (undefined), in which case the number of
4159arguments passed on any stack frame is always unknown. For many
4160architectures this will be a suitable default.
4161
4162@end deftypefn
4163
4164@node Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers
4165@subsection Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers
4166
4167When a program stops, @value{GDBN} needs to construct the chain of
4168struct @code{frame_info} representing the state of the stack using
4169appropriate @dfn{sniffers}.
4170
4171Each architecture requires appropriate sniffers, but they do not form
4172entries in @code{@w{struct gdbarch}}, since more than one sniffer may
4173be required and a sniffer may be suitable for more than one
4174@code{@w{struct gdbarch}}. Instead sniffers are associated with
4175architectures using the following functions.
4176
4177@itemize @bullet
4178
4179@item
4180@findex frame_unwind_append_sniffer
4181@code{frame_unwind_append_sniffer} is used to add a new sniffer to
4182analyze THIS frame when given a pointer to the NEXT frame.
4183
4184@item
4185@findex frame_base_append_sniffer
4186@code{frame_base_append_sniffer} is used to add a new sniffer
4187which can determine information about the base of a stack frame.
4188
4189@item
4190@findex frame_base_set_default
4191@code{frame_base_set_default} is used to specify the default base
4192sniffer.
4193
4194@end itemize
4195
4196These functions all take a reference to @code{@w{struct gdbarch}}, so
4197they are associated with a specific architecture. They are usually
4198called in the @code{gdbarch} initialization function, after the
4199@code{gdbarch} struct has been set up. Unless a default has been set, the
4200most recently appended sniffer will be tried first.
4201
4202The main frame unwinding sniffer (as set by
4203@code{frame_unwind_append_sniffer)} returns a structure specifying
4204a set of sniffing functions:
4205
4206@cindex @code{frame_unwind}
4207@smallexample
4208struct frame_unwind
4209@{
4210 enum frame_type type;
4211 frame_this_id_ftype *this_id;
4212 frame_prev_register_ftype *prev_register;
4213 const struct frame_data *unwind_data;
4214 frame_sniffer_ftype *sniffer;
4215 frame_prev_pc_ftype *prev_pc;
4216 frame_dealloc_cache_ftype *dealloc_cache;
4217@};
4218@end smallexample
4219
4220The @code{type} field indicates the type of frame this sniffer can
4221handle: normal, dummy (@pxref{Functions Creating Dummy Frames, ,
4222Functions Creating Dummy Frames}), signal handler or sentinel. Signal
4223handlers sometimes have their own simplified stack structure for
4224efficiency, so may need their own handlers.
4225
4226The @code{unwind_data} field holds additional information which may be
4227relevant to particular types of frame. For example it may hold
4228additional information for signal handler frames.
4229
4230The remaining fields define functions that yield different types of
4231information when given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame. Not all
4232functions need be provided. If an entry is @code{NULL}, the next sniffer will
4233be tried instead.
4234
4235@itemize @bullet
4236
4237@item
4238@code{this_id} determines the stack pointer and function (code
4239entry point) for THIS stack frame.
4240
4241@item
4242@code{prev_register} determines where the values of registers for
4243the PREVIOUS stack frame are stored in THIS stack frame.
4244
4245@item
4246@code{sniffer} takes a look at THIS frame's registers to
4247determine if this is the appropriate unwinder.
4248
4249@item
4250@code{prev_pc} determines the program counter for THIS
4251frame. Only needed if the program counter is not an ordinary register
4252(@pxref{Register Architecture Functions & Variables,
4253, Functions and Variables Specifying the Register Architecture}).
4254
4255@item
4256@code{dealloc_cache} frees any additional memory associated with
4257the prologue cache for this frame (@pxref{Prologue Caches, , Prologue
4258Caches}).
4259
4260@end itemize
4261
4262In general it is only the @code{this_id} and @code{prev_register}
4263fields that need be defined for custom sniffers.
4264
4265The frame base sniffer is much simpler. It is a @code{@w{struct
4266frame_base}}, which refers to the corresponding @code{frame_unwind}
4267struct and whose fields refer to functions yielding various addresses
4268within the frame.
4269
4270@cindex @code{frame_base}
4271@smallexample
4272struct frame_base
4273@{
4274 const struct frame_unwind *unwind;
4275 frame_this_base_ftype *this_base;
4276 frame_this_locals_ftype *this_locals;
4277 frame_this_args_ftype *this_args;
4278@};
4279@end smallexample
4280
4281All the functions referred to take a pointer to the NEXT frame as
4282argument. The function referred to by @code{this_base} returns the
4283base address of THIS frame, the function referred to by
4284@code{this_locals} returns the base address of local variables in THIS
4285frame and the function referred to by @code{this_args} returns the
4286base address of the function arguments in this frame.
4287
4288As described above, the base address of a frame is the address
4289immediately before the start of the NEXT frame. For a falling
4290stack, this is the lowest address in the frame and for a rising stack
4291it is the highest address in the frame. For most architectures the
4292same address is also the base address for local variables and
4293arguments, in which case the same function can be used for all three
4294entries@footnote{It is worth noting that if it cannot be determined in any
4295other way (for example by there being a register with the name
4296@code{"fp"}), then the result of the @code{this_base} function will be
4297used as the value of the frame pointer variable @kbd{$fp} in
4298@value{GDBN}. This is very often not correct (for example with the
4299OpenRISC 1000, this value is the stack pointer, @kbd{$sp}). In this
4300case a register (raw or pseudo) with the name @code{"fp"} should be
4301defined. It will be used in preference as the value of @kbd{$fp}.}.
4302
b6fd0dfb 4303@node Inferior Call Setup
c906108c 4304@section Inferior Call Setup
587afa38
EZ
4305@cindex calls to the inferior
4306
4307@menu
4308* About Dummy Frames::
4309* Functions Creating Dummy Frames::
4310@end menu
4311
4312@node About Dummy Frames
4313@subsection About Dummy Frames
4314@cindex dummy frames
4315
4316@value{GDBN} can call functions in the target code (for example by
4317using the @kbd{call} or @kbd{print} commands). These functions may be
4318breakpointed, and it is essential that if a function does hit a
4319breakpoint, commands like @kbd{backtrace} work correctly.
4320
4321This is achieved by making the stack look as though the function had
4322been called from the point where @value{GDBN} had previously stopped.
4323This requires that @value{GDBN} can set up stack frames appropriate for
4324such function calls.
4325
4326@node Functions Creating Dummy Frames
4327@subsection Functions Creating Dummy Frames
4328
4329The following functions provide the functionality to set up such
4330@dfn{dummy} stack frames.
4331
4332@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct value *@var{function}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, CORE_ADDR @var{bp_addr}, int @var{nargs}, struct value **@var{args}, CORE_ADDR @var{sp}, int @var{struct_return}, CORE_ADDR @var{struct_addr})
4333
4334This function sets up a dummy stack frame for the function about to be
4335called. @code{push_dummy_call} is given the arguments to be passed
4336and must copy them into registers or push them on to the stack as
4337appropriate for the ABI.
4338
4339@var{function} is a pointer to the function
4340that will be called and @var{regcache} the register cache from which
4341values should be obtained. @var{bp_addr} is the address to which the
4342function should return (which is breakpointed, so @value{GDBN} can
4343regain control, hence the name). @var{nargs} is the number of
4344arguments to pass and @var{args} an array containing the argument
4345values. @var{struct_return} is non-zero (true) if the function returns
4346a structure, and if so @var{struct_addr} is the address in which the
4347structure should be returned.
4348
4349 After calling this function, @value{GDBN} will pass control to the
4350target at the address of the function, which will find the stack and
4351registers set up just as expected.
4352
4353The default value of this function is @code{NULL} (undefined). If the
4354function is not defined, then @value{GDBN} will not allow the user to
4355call functions within the target being debugged.
4356
4357@end deftypefn
4358
4359@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct frame_id} unwind_dummy_id (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{next_frame})
4360
4361This is the inverse of @code{push_dummy_call} which restores the stack
4362pointer and program counter after a call to evaluate a function using
4363a dummy stack frame. The result is a @code{@w{struct frame_id}}, which
4364contains the value of the stack pointer and program counter to be
4365used.
4366
4367The NEXT frame pointer is provided as argument,
4368@var{next_frame}. THIS frame is the frame of the dummy function,
4369which can be unwound, to yield the required stack pointer and program
4370counter from the PREVIOUS frame.
4371
4372The default value is @code{NULL} (undefined). If @code{push_dummy_call} is
4373defined, then this function should also be defined.
c906108c 4374
587afa38
EZ
4375@end deftypefn
4376
4377@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR push_dummy_code (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{sp}, CORE_ADDR @var{funaddr}, struct value **@var{args}, int @var{nargs}, struct type *@var{value_type}, CORE_ADDR *@var{real_pc}, CORE_ADDR *@var{bp_addr}, struct regcache *@var{regcache})
4378
4379If this function is not defined (its default value is @code{NULL}), a dummy
4380call will use the entry point of the currently loaded code on the
4381target as its return address. A temporary breakpoint will be set
4382there, so the location must be writable and have room for a
4383breakpoint.
c906108c 4384
587afa38
EZ
4385It is possible that this default is not suitable. It might not be
4386writable (in ROM possibly), or the ABI might require code to be
4387executed on return from a call to unwind the stack before the
4388breakpoint is encountered.
c906108c 4389
587afa38
EZ
4390If either of these is the case, then push_dummy_code should be defined
4391to push an instruction sequence onto the end of the stack to which the
4392dummy call should return.
4393
4394The arguments are essentially the same as those to
4395@code{push_dummy_call}. However the function is provided with the
4396type of the function result, @var{value_type}, @var{bp_addr} is used
4397to return a value (the address at which the breakpoint instruction
4398should be inserted) and @var{real pc} is used to specify the resume
4399address when starting the call sequence. The function should return
4400the updated innermost stack address.
4401
4402@quotation
4403@emph{Note:} This does require that code in the stack can be executed.
4404Some Harvard architectures may not allow this.
4405@end quotation
4406
4407@end deftypefn
4408
b39f4988
JB
4409@node Adding support for debugging core files
4410@section Adding support for debugging core files
4411@cindex core files
4412
4413The prerequisite for adding core file support in @value{GDBN} is to have
4414core file support in BFD.
4415
4416Once BFD support is available, writing the apropriate
4417@code{regset_from_core_section} architecture function should be all
4418that is needed in order to add support for core files in @value{GDBN}.
4419
587afa38
EZ
4420@node Defining Other Architecture Features
4421@section Defining Other Architecture Features
4422
4423This section describes other functions and values in @code{gdbarch},
4424together with some useful macros, that you can use to define the
4425target architecture.
c906108c
SS
4426
4427@table @code
4428
4a9bb1df
UW
4429@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
4430@findex gdbarch_addr_bits_remove
adf40b2e 4431If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not
4a9bb1df
UW
4432really part of the address, then this function is used to zero those bits in
4433@var{addr}. This is only used for addresses of instructions, and even then not
4434in all contexts.
adf40b2e
JM
4435
4436For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA
44372.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding
4438instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte
4439boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual
4a9bb1df
UW
4440address of the instruction. @code{gdbarch_addr_bits_remove} would then for
4441example look like that:
4442@smallexample
4443arch_addr_bits_remove (CORE_ADDR addr)
4444@{
4445 return (addr &= ~0x3);
4446@}
4447@end smallexample
c906108c 4448
4a9bb1df
UW
4449@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr})
4450@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
4451If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int}
4452referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier
4453and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name,
4454return 0.
4455
4456The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of
4457@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or
4458possibly some combination of these values or'd together.
4459@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
4460
4a9bb1df
UW
4461@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
4462@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags_p
4463Predicate which indicates whether @code{address_class_name_to_type_flags}
b5b0480a
KB
4464has been defined.
4465
4a9bb1df
UW
4466@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
4467@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
4468Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and
4469the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags
4470used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value
4471returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1},
4472@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these
4473values or'd together.
4474@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
4475
4a9bb1df
UW
4476@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
4477@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p
4478Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p} has
b5b0480a
KB
4479been defined.
4480
4a9bb1df
UW
4481@item const char *gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type_flags})
4482@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name
b5b0480a
KB
4483Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type
4484flags given by @var{type_flags}.
4485
4a9bb1df
UW
4486@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p (@var{gdbarch})
4487@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p
4488Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name} has been defined.
b5b0480a
KB
4489@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
4490
4a9bb1df
UW
4491@item void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr})
4492@findex gdbarch_address_to_pointer
93e79dbd
JB
4493Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
4494@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
4a9bb1df 4495This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 4496C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
4497@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
4498
4a9bb1df
UW
4499@item int gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion (@var{gdbarch})
4500@findex gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion
4501Used to notify if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char}
56caf160
EZ
4502parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its
4503original type, rather than the promoted type.
c906108c 4504
32c9a795
MD
4505@item gdbarch_bits_big_endian (@var{gdbarch})
4506@findex gdbarch_bits_big_endian
4507This is used if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match
587afa38 4508the endianism of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits
56caf160 4509are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian.
c906108c 4510
32c9a795
MD
4511@item set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bits_big_endian})
4512@findex set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian
4513Calling set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian with a value of 1 indicates that the
4514bits in the target are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 indicates
4515little-endian.
4516
c906108c 4517@item BREAKPOINT
56caf160 4518@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
4519This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into
4520memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap
4521instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit
4522pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no
4523longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture.
4524
56caf160 4525@code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of
4a9bb1df 4526@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 4527
c906108c 4528@item BIG_BREAKPOINT
56caf160
EZ
4529@itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
4530@findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
4531@findex BIG_BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
4532Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets.
4533
56caf160 4534@code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
4a9bb1df 4535favor of @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 4536
4a9bb1df
UW
4537@item const gdb_byte *gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr})
4538@findex gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc
4539@anchor{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} Use the program counter to determine the
2dd0da42 4540contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to
a655d424 4541a static string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the
2dd0da42
AC
4542length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program
4543counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the
a655d424
JK
4544breakpoint should be inserted. May return @code{NULL} to indicate that
4545software breakpoints are not supported.
c906108c
SS
4546
4547Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's
4548not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid
4549instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest
4550instruction of the architecture.
4551
a655d424
JK
4552Provided breakpoint bytes can be also used by @code{bp_loc_is_permanent} to
4553detect permanent breakpoints. @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} should return
4554an unchanged memory copy if it was called for a location with permanent
4555breakpoint as some architectures use breakpoint instructions containing
4556arbitrary parameter value.
4557
7a292a7a
SS
4558Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros.
4559
4a9bb1df
UW
4560@item int gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
4561@itemx gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
4562@findex gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint
4563@findex gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint
917317f4
JM
4564Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults
4565(@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and
4566@code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been
4a9bb1df
UW
4567provided so that it is not necessary to set these for most
4568architectures. Architectures which may want to set
4569@code{gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint} and @code{gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint} will likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a
917317f4
JM
4570conventional manner.
4571
4572It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define
4573custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if
4a9bb1df 4574@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} needs to read the target's memory for some
917317f4
JM
4575reason.
4576
4a9bb1df
UW
4577@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bpaddr})
4578@findex gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address
1485d690
KB
4579@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
4580Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint
4581address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on
4582breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets.
4583
4584The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method.
4585The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like
4586instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate
4587instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes
4588one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed
4589in parallel.
4590
4591In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions
4592from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number
4593information associated with one of the latter statements will likely
4594refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So,
4595if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter
4596statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break
4597instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle.
4598(Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute
4599in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction
4600at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.)
4601
4a9bb1df 4602The FR-V's @code{gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address} method will adjust a
1485d690
KB
4603breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of
4604the bundle, returning the address of the bundle.
4605
4606Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's
4607expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint
4608is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit.
4609
4a9bb1df
UW
4610@item int gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})
4611@findex gdbarch_call_dummy_location
56caf160 4612See the file @file{inferior.h}.
7a292a7a 4613
4a9bb1df
UW
4614This method has been replaced by @code{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}
4615(@pxref{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}).
7043d8dc 4616
4a9bb1df
UW
4617@item int gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regum})
4618@findex gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register
4619This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched
a53f55d8 4620from an inferior process.
c906108c 4621
4a9bb1df
UW
4622@item int gdbarch_cannot_store_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum})
4623@findex gdbarch_cannot_store_register
4624This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} should not be
c906108c 4625written to the target. This is often the case for program counters,
4a9bb1df
UW
4626status words, and other special registers. This function returns 0 as
4627default so that @value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written.
c906108c 4628
4a9bb1df
UW
4629@item int gdbarch_convert_register_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type})
4630@findex gdbarch_convert_register_p
83acabca
DJ
4631Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} represents data values of type
4632@var{type} in a non-standard form.
13d01224
AC
4633@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
4634
a53f55d8
PA
4635@item int gdbarch_fp0_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
4636@findex gdbarch_fp0_regnum
4637This function returns the number of the first floating point register,
4638if the machine has such registers. Otherwise, it returns -1.
4639
4a9bb1df
UW
4640@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break (@var{gdbarch})
4641@findex gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break
4642This function shall return the amount by which to decrement the PC after the
c906108c 4643program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in
56caf160 4644@code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0.
c906108c 4645
56caf160
EZ
4646@item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr})
4647@findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK
c906108c
SS
4648If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared
4649library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled.
4650
4a9bb1df
UW
4651@item int gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{dwarf2_regnr})
4652@findex gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum
4653Convert DWARF2 register number @var{dwarf2_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum.
4654If not defined, no conversion will be performed.
0dcedd82 4655
4a9bb1df
UW
4656@item int gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{ecoff_regnr})
4657@findex gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum
4658Convert ECOFF register number @var{ecoff_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum. If
4659not defined, no conversion will be performed.
c906108c 4660
c906108c 4661@item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
56caf160
EZ
4662@itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
4663@findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
4664@findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
4665If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will
4666look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols
4667are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.},
4668respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.)
c906108c 4669
4a9bb1df
UW
4670@item gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
4671@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
1f70da6a
SS
4672This function determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp}
4673will jump to, assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp}
4674breakpoint. It takes a @code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the
4675target PC value through this pointer. It examines the current state
4676of the machine as needed, typically by using a manually-determined
587afa38 4677offset into the @code{jmp_buf}. (While we might like to get the offset
1f70da6a
SS
4678from the target's @file{jmpbuf.h}, that header file cannot be assumed
4679to be available when building a cross-debugger.)
c906108c 4680
268e2188
AC
4681@item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
4682@findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
4683Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This
c906108c 4684conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by
1f70da6a 4685feature-specific macros. It was introduced in haste and we are
c906108c
SS
4686repenting at leisure.
4687
9742079a
EZ
4688@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
4689An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
4690support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
4691
4a9bb1df 4692@item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
9e5abb06 4693@findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p
4a9bb1df 4694Returns non-zero if the given @var{addr} is in the epilogue of a function.
9e5abb06
CV
4695The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where
4696the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the
4697final `return from function call' instruction.
4698
4a9bb1df
UW
4699@item int gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{name})
4700@findex gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline
4701Define this function to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
c906108c
SS
4702trampoline that returns from a shared library.
4703
cfd8ab24
SS
4704@item target_so_ops.in_dynsym_resolve_code (@var{pc})
4705@findex in_dynsym_resolve_code
4a9bb1df 4706Define this to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
d4f3574e
SS
4707dynamic linker.
4708
56caf160
EZ
4709@item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc})
4710@findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER
d4f3574e
SS
4711Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution
4712should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution
4713function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary
4714to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single
4715stepping will suffice.
4716
4a9bb1df
UW
4717@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_integer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
4718@findex gdbarch_integer_to_address
fc0c74b1
AC
4719@cindex converting integers to addresses
4720Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address
4721conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to
4722the current architectures conventions.
4723
4724@emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from
4725their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s
4726@code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been
4727computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause
4728major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In
4729other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these
4730conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed
4731out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers
4732to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a
4733disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture
4a9bb1df 4734method like @code{gdbarch_integer_to_address} certainly makes it possible for
fc0c74b1
AC
4735@value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.}
4736
4737@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always
4738Addresses}.
4739
4a9bb1df
UW
4740@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
4741@findex gdbarch_pointer_to_address
93e79dbd
JB
4742Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
4743appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
4744address the pointer refers to.
4745@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
4746
4a9bb1df
UW
4747@item void gdbarch_register_to_value(@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{fur})
4748@findex gdbarch_register_to_value
13d01224
AC
4749Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type
4750@var{type}.
4281a42e 4751@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
9fb4dd36 4752
9fb4dd36 4753@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 4754@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL
9fb4dd36 4755Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual
4281a42e 4756form.
13d01224 4757@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36
JB
4758
4759@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 4760@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW
9fb4dd36 4761Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw
4281a42e 4762form.
13d01224 4763@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 4764
0ab4b752
MK
4765@item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size})
4766@findex regset_from_core_section
4767Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name
4768@var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}.
4769
b0ed3589 4770@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()
56caf160 4771@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P
c906108c 4772Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step
56caf160 4773mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined.
c906108c 4774
d3e8051b 4775@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breakpoints_p})
56caf160
EZ
4776@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP
4777A function that inserts or removes (depending on
d3e8051b 4778@var{insert_breakpoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of
587afa38 4779the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c}
c906108c
SS
4780for examples.
4781
e35879db
UW
4782@item set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (@var{gdbarch}, @var{set})
4783@findex set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing
4784Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the
4785debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating
4786them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the
4787address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make
4788linking faster.
4789
4790Calling @code{set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing} with a non-zero
4791argument @var{set} indicates that a particular set of hacks of this sort
4792are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN} entries in stabs-format
4793debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark the beginning and ending
4794addresses of compilation units in the text segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs
4795mark the starts and ends of functions.
4796
4797In this case, @value{GDBN} assumes two things:
4798
4799@itemize @bullet
4800@item
4801@code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead of using those
4802addresses, you should find the address where the function starts by
4803taking the function name from the stab, and then looking that up in the
4804minsyms (the linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab
4805has the name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place
4806that carries the address.
4807
4808@item
4809@code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the
4810@code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab, and
4811guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from them.
4812@end itemize
4813
4a9bb1df
UW
4814@item int gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type})
4815@findex gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr
4a9bb1df
UW
4816@anchor{gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this function to return
4817nonzero if a function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference
4818instead of value.
a38c9fe6 4819
4a9bb1df
UW
4820@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{function}, @var{regcache}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr})
4821@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_call
4a9bb1df
UW
4822@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to
4823the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing @var{nargs}, the
4824code should push @var{struct_addr} (when @var{struct_return} is non-zero), and
4825the return address (@var{bp_addr}).
c906108c 4826
86fe4aaa 4827@var{function} is a pointer to a @code{struct value}; on architectures that use
d4b6d575
RC
4828function descriptors, this contains the function descriptor value.
4829
b24da7d0 4830Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer.
b81774d8 4831
4a9bb1df
UW
4832@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{regcache})
4833@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_code
4834@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the
7043d8dc
AC
4835instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the
4836called function should return.
4837
4838Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction
4839should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting
4840the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address.
4841
4842By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned
4843(@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address
4844reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}.
4845
1f70da6a 4846This method replaces @w{@code{gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})}}.
7043d8dc 4847
4a9bb1df
UW
4848@item int gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sdb_regnr})
4849@findex gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum
4850Use this function to convert sdb register @var{sdb_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
4851regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
c906108c 4852
963e2bb7 4853@item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, void *@var{readbuf}, const void *@var{writebuf})
92ad9cd9
AC
4854@findex gdbarch_return_value
4855@anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of
4856type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function
4857would use.
4858
4859@value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions:
4860@code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found
4861in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return
4862value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is
4863passed in as the function's first parameter.
4864
963e2bb7
AC
4865If the register convention is being used, and @var{writebuf} is
4866non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{writebuf} into
92ad9cd9
AC
4867@var{regcache}.
4868
963e2bb7 4869If the register convention is being used, and @var{readbuf} is
92ad9cd9 4870non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into
963e2bb7 4871@var{readbuf} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the
92ad9cd9
AC
4872just returned function).
4873
92ad9cd9
AC
4874@emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract,
4875store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine
4876the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If
4877@value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would
4878instead return an object that knew how to perform the register
4879return-value extract and store.}
4880
4881@emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p}
4882parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture
4883that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified,
4884then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value}
d3e8051b 4885@var{function} should be pursued.}
92ad9cd9
AC
4886
4887@emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods
4888to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a
4889@code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that
4890limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.}
4891
4a9bb1df
UW
4892@item void gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache})
4893@findex gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint
25822942 4894Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally
c2c6d25f
JM
4895steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and
4896re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are
4897hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy
4a9bb1df
UW
4898doesn't work. Calling @code{gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint} adjusts the
4899processor's state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint.
4900This function does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot
c2c6d25f
JM
4901of a branch or jump.
4902
4a9bb1df
UW
4903@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{pc})
4904@findex gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code
c906108c 4905If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and
4a9bb1df 4906the functions being called, then define this function to return a new PC
c906108c
SS
4907that is at the start of the real function.
4908
1f70da6a
SS
4909@item int gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
4910@findex gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum
4911If the frame pointer is in a register, use this function to return the
4912number of that register.
4913
4a9bb1df
UW
4914@item int gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{stab_regnr})
4915@findex gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum
4916Use this function to convert stab register @var{stab_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
4917regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
4918
c906108c 4919@item TARGET_CHAR_BIT
56caf160 4920@findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT
c906108c
SS
4921Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8.
4922
4a9bb1df
UW
4923@item int gdbarch_char_signed (@var{gdbarch})
4924@findex gdbarch_char_signed
c3d3ce5b
JB
4925Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if
4926it should be unsigned.
4927
4928The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as
4929equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any
4930character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive.
4931Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned
4932on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets.
4933
4a9bb1df
UW
4934@item int gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4935@findex gdbarch_double_bit
4936Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @w{@code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4937
4a9bb1df
UW
4938@item int gdbarch_float_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4939@findex gdbarch_float_bit
4940Number of bits in a float; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
ac9a91a7 4941
4a9bb1df
UW
4942@item int gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4943@findex gdbarch_int_bit
4944Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4945
4a9bb1df
UW
4946@item int gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4947@findex gdbarch_long_bit
4948Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4949
4a9bb1df
UW
4950@item int gdbarch_long_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4951@findex gdbarch_long_double_bit
c906108c 4952Number of bits in a long double float;
4a9bb1df
UW
4953defaults to @w{@code{2 * gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4954
4955@item int gdbarch_long_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4956@findex gdbarch_long_long_bit
4957Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to
4958@w{@code{2 * gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4959
4960@item int gdbarch_ptr_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4961@findex gdbarch_ptr_bit
4962Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to
4963@w{@code{gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4964
4965@item int gdbarch_short_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4966@findex gdbarch_short_bit
4967Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @w{@code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
4968
4a9bb1df
UW
4969@item void gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{frame_regnum}, @var{frame_offset})
4970@findex gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer
1f70da6a
SS
4971Returns a @code{(@var{register}, @var{offset})} pair representing the virtual
4972frame pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame
4973pointers are not used, a default definition simply returns
4974@code{gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum} (or @code{gdbarch_sp_regnum}, if
4975no frame pointer is defined), with an offset of zero.
4976
587afa38
EZ
4977@c need to explain virtual frame pointers, they are recorded in agent
4978@c expressions for tracepoints
c906108c 4979
9742079a
EZ
4980@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
4981If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted
4982watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and
4983other related macros.
4984
4a9bb1df
UW
4985@item int gdbarch_print_insn (@var{gdbarch}, @var{vma}, @var{info})
4986@findex gdbarch_print_insn
7ccaa899 4987This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly
4a9bb1df 4988instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{vma} in
1f70da6a
SS
4989debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes.
4990This usually points to a function in the @code{opcodes} library
4991(@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}). @var{info} is a structure (of
4992type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in the header file
4993@file{include/dis-asm.h}, and used to pass information to the
4994instruction decoding routine.
7ccaa899 4995
669fac23
DJ
4996@item frame_id gdbarch_dummy_id (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame})
4997@findex gdbarch_dummy_id
4998@anchor{gdbarch_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @w{@code{struct
4a9bb1df 4999frame_id}} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy
b24da7d0 5000frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value
669fac23 5001previously saved by @code{call_function_by_hand}.
6314f104 5002
4a9bb1df
UW
5003@item void gdbarch_value_to_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
5004@findex gdbarch_value_to_register
5005Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of a register.
13d01224
AC
5006@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
5007
c906108c
SS
5008@end table
5009
5010Motorola M68K target conditionals.
5011
56caf160 5012@ftable @code
c906108c
SS
5013@item BPT_VECTOR
5014Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If
5015not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}.
5016
5017@item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR
5018Defaults to @code{1}.
a23a7bf1 5019
56caf160 5020@end ftable
c906108c 5021
b6fd0dfb 5022@node Adding a New Target
c906108c
SS
5023@section Adding a New Target
5024
56caf160 5025@cindex adding a target
af6c57ea 5026The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}:
c906108c
SS
5027
5028@table @file
f0323ca0 5029@cindex target dependent files
c906108c 5030
c906108c
SS
5031@item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c
5032Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On
1f70da6a 5033some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c 5034
af6c57ea
AC
5035@item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c
5036@itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h
1f70da6a
SS
5037This is required to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
5038processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). It can be shared among many
5039targets that use the same processor architecture.
af6c57ea 5040
c906108c
SS
5041@end table
5042
1f70da6a
SS
5043(Target header files such as
5044@file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h},
5045@file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h}, and
5046@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} are no longer used.)
c906108c 5047
587afa38
EZ
5048@findex _initialize_@var{arch}_tdep
5049A @value{GDBN} description for a new architecture, arch is created by
5050defining a global function @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep}, by
5051convention in the source file @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}. For
5052example, in the case of the OpenRISC 1000, this function is called
5053@code{_initialize_or1k_tdep} and is found in the file
5054@file{or1k-tdep.c}.
5055
5056The object file resulting from compiling this source file, which will
5057contain the implementation of the
5058@code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function is specified in the
5059@value{GDBN} @file{configure.tgt} file, which includes a large case
5060statement pattern matching against the @code{--target} option of the
5061@kbd{configure} script.
5062
5063@quotation
5064@emph{Note:} If the architecture requires multiple source files, the
5065corresponding binaries should be included in
5066@file{configure.tgt}. However if there are header files, the
5067dependencies on these will not be picked up from the entries in
5068@file{configure.tgt}. The @file{Makefile.in} file will need extending to
5069show these dependencies.
5070@end quotation
5071
5072@findex gdbarch_register
5073A new struct gdbarch, defining the new architecture, is created within
5074the @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function by calling
5075@code{gdbarch_register}:
5076
5077@smallexample
5078void gdbarch_register (enum bfd_architecture architecture,
5079 gdbarch_init_ftype *init_func,
5080 gdbarch_dump_tdep_ftype *tdep_dump_func);
5081@end smallexample
5082
5083This function has been described fully in an earlier
5084section. @xref{How an Architecture is Represented, , How an
5085Architecture is Represented}.
5086
5087The new @code{@w{struct gdbarch}} should contain implementations of
5088the necessary functions (described in the previous sections) to
5089describe the basic layout of the target machine's processor chip
5090(registers, stack, etc.). It can be shared among many targets that use
5091the same processor architecture.
5092
123dc839
DJ
5093@node Target Descriptions
5094@chapter Target Descriptions
5095@cindex target descriptions
5096
5097The target architecture definition (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition})
5098contains @value{GDBN}'s hard-coded knowledge about an architecture. For
5099some platforms, it is handy to have more flexible knowledge about a specific
5100instance of the architecture---for instance, a processor or development board.
5101@dfn{Target descriptions} provide a mechanism for the user to tell @value{GDBN}
5102more about what their target supports, or for the target to tell @value{GDBN}
5103directly.
5104
5105For details on writing, automatically supplying, and manually selecting
5106target descriptions, see @ref{Target Descriptions, , , gdb,
5107Debugging with @value{GDBN}}. This section will cover some related
5108topics about the @value{GDBN} internals.
5109
5110@menu
5111* Target Descriptions Implementation::
5112* Adding Target Described Register Support::
5113@end menu
5114
5115@node Target Descriptions Implementation
5116@section Target Descriptions Implementation
5117@cindex target descriptions, implementation
5118
5119Before @value{GDBN} connects to a new target, or runs a new program on
5120an existing target, it discards any existing target description and
5121reverts to a default gdbarch. Then, after connecting, it looks for a
5122new target description by calling @code{target_find_description}.
5123
5124A description may come from a user specified file (XML), the remote
5125@samp{qXfer:features:read} packet (also XML), or from any custom
5126@code{to_read_description} routine in the target vector. For instance,
5127the remote target supports guessing whether a MIPS target is 32-bit or
512864-bit based on the size of the @samp{g} packet.
5129
5130If any target description is found, @value{GDBN} creates a new gdbarch
5131incorporating the description by calling @code{gdbarch_update_p}. Any
5132@samp{<architecture>} element is handled first, to determine which
5133architecture's gdbarch initialization routine is called to create the
5134new architecture. Then the initialization routine is called, and has
5135a chance to adjust the constructed architecture based on the contents
5136of the target description. For instance, it can recognize any
5137properties set by a @code{to_read_description} routine. Also
5138see @ref{Adding Target Described Register Support}.
5139
5140@node Adding Target Described Register Support
5141@section Adding Target Described Register Support
5142@cindex target descriptions, adding register support
5143
5144Target descriptions can report additional registers specific to an
5145instance of the target. But it takes a little work in the architecture
5146specific routines to support this.
5147
5148A target description must either have no registers or a complete
5149set---this avoids complexity in trying to merge standard registers
5150with the target defined registers. It is the architecture's
5151responsibility to validate that a description with registers has
5152everything it needs. To keep architecture code simple, the same
5153mechanism is used to assign fixed internal register numbers to
5154standard registers.
5155
5156If @code{tdesc_has_registers} returns 1, the description contains
5157registers. The architecture's @code{gdbarch_init} routine should:
5158
5159@itemize @bullet
5160
5161@item
5162Call @code{tdesc_data_alloc} to allocate storage, early, before
5163searching for a matching gdbarch or allocating a new one.
5164
5165@item
5166Use @code{tdesc_find_feature} to locate standard features by name.
5167
5168@item
5169Use @code{tdesc_numbered_register} and @code{tdesc_numbered_register_choices}
5170to locate the expected registers in the standard features.
5171
5172@item
5173Return @code{NULL} if a required feature is missing, or if any standard
5174feature is missing expected registers. This will produce a warning that
5175the description was incomplete.
5176
5177@item
5178Free the allocated data before returning, unless @code{tdesc_use_registers}
5179is called.
5180
5181@item
5182Call @code{set_gdbarch_num_regs} as usual, with a number higher than any
5183fixed number passed to @code{tdesc_numbered_register}.
5184
5185@item
5186Call @code{tdesc_use_registers} after creating a new gdbarch, before
5187returning it.
5188
5189@end itemize
5190
5191After @code{tdesc_use_registers} has been called, the architecture's
5192@code{register_name}, @code{register_type}, and @code{register_reggroup_p}
5193routines will not be called; that information will be taken from
5194the target description. @code{num_regs} may be increased to account
5195for any additional registers in the description.
5196
5197Pseudo-registers require some extra care:
5198
5199@itemize @bullet
5200
5201@item
5202Using @code{tdesc_numbered_register} allows the architecture to give
5203constant register numbers to standard architectural registers, e.g.@:
5204as an @code{enum} in @file{@var{arch}-tdep.h}. But because
5205pseudo-registers are always numbered above @code{num_regs},
5206which may be increased by the description, constant numbers
5207can not be used for pseudos. They must be numbered relative to
5208@code{num_regs} instead.
5209
5210@item
5211The description will not describe pseudo-registers, so the
5212architecture must call @code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_name},
5213@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_type}, and
5214@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_reggroup_p} to supply routines
5215describing pseudo registers. These routines will be passed
5216internal register numbers, so the same routines used for the
5217gdbarch equivalents are usually suitable.
5218
5219@end itemize
5220
5221
c906108c
SS
5222@node Target Vector Definition
5223
5224@chapter Target Vector Definition
56caf160 5225@cindex target vector
c906108c 5226
56caf160
EZ
5227The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s
5228abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that
5229actually exercises control over a process or a serial port.
5230@value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however,
5231each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them.
c906108c 5232
52bb452f
DJ
5233@menu
5234* Managing Execution State::
5235* Existing Targets::
5236@end menu
5237
5238@node Managing Execution State
5239@section Managing Execution State
5240@cindex execution state
5241
5242A target vector can be completely inactive (not pushed on the target
5243stack), active but not running (pushed, but not connected to a fully
5244manifested inferior), or completely active (pushed, with an accessible
5245inferior). Most targets are only completely inactive or completely
d3e8051b 5246active, but some support persistent connections to a target even
52bb452f
DJ
5247when the target has exited or not yet started.
5248
5249For example, connecting to the simulator using @code{target sim} does
5250not create a running program. Neither registers nor memory are
5251accessible until @code{run}. Similarly, after @code{kill}, the
5252program can not continue executing. But in both cases @value{GDBN}
5253remains connected to the simulator, and target-specific commands
5254are directed to the simulator.
5255
5256A target which only supports complete activation should push itself
5257onto the stack in its @code{to_open} routine (by calling
5258@code{push_target}), and unpush itself from the stack in its
5259@code{to_mourn_inferior} routine (by calling @code{unpush_target}).
5260
5261A target which supports both partial and complete activation should
5262still call @code{push_target} in @code{to_open}, but not call
5263@code{unpush_target} in @code{to_mourn_inferior}. Instead, it should
5264call either @code{target_mark_running} or @code{target_mark_exited}
5265in its @code{to_open}, depending on whether the target is fully active
5266after connection. It should also call @code{target_mark_running} any
5267time the inferior becomes fully active (e.g.@: in
5268@code{to_create_inferior} and @code{to_attach}), and
5269@code{target_mark_exited} when the inferior becomes inactive (in
5270@code{to_mourn_inferior}). The target should also make sure to call
5271@code{target_mourn_inferior} from its @code{to_kill}, to return the
5272target to inactive state.
5273
5274@node Existing Targets
5275@section Existing Targets
5276@cindex targets
5277
5278@subsection File Targets
c906108c
SS
5279
5280Both executables and core files have target vectors.
5281
52bb452f 5282@subsection Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs
c906108c 5283
587afa38
EZ
5284@value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code that
5285runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample
56caf160 5286@dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating
587afa38 5287systems for this purpose; they are named @file{@var{cpu}-stub.c}. Many
1f70da6a 5288operating systems, embedded targets, emulators, and simulators already
587afa38 5289have a @value{GDBN} stub built into them, and maintenance of the remote
1f70da6a 5290protocol must be careful to preserve compatibility.
c906108c 5291
56caf160
EZ
5292The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into
5293your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the
5294SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple
5295program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub.
c906108c
SS
5296
5297The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to
56caf160 5298@code{trap_low}:
c906108c
SS
5299
5300@enumerate
56caf160
EZ
5301@item
5302%l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap;
c906108c 5303
56caf160
EZ
5304@item
5305traps are disabled;
c906108c 5306
56caf160
EZ
5307@item
5308you are in the correct trap window.
c906108c
SS
5309@end enumerate
5310
5311As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there
56caf160 5312is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub.
c906108c
SS
5313The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the
5314hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()},
5315which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could
56caf160 5316set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub
c906108c
SS
5317first, and then transfers to its own trap handler.
5318
5319For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with
56caf160 5320``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel,
c906108c
SS
5321and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all
5322controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important
5323trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or
5324do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation
5325of the debugger/stub.
5326
5327From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work.
25822942 5328They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 5329
52bb452f 5330@subsection ROM Monitor Interface
c906108c 5331
52bb452f 5332@subsection Custom Protocols
c906108c 5333
52bb452f 5334@subsection Transport Layer
c906108c 5335
52bb452f 5336@subsection Builtin Simulator
c906108c
SS
5337
5338
5339@node Native Debugging
5340
5341@chapter Native Debugging
56caf160 5342@cindex native debugging
c906108c 5343
25822942 5344Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support:
c906108c
SS
5345
5346@table @file
56caf160 5347@vindex NATDEPFILES
c906108c 5348@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527 5349Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on
c906108c
SS
5350machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required
5351native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}.
5352Also specifies the header file which describes native support on
5353@var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also
5354define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS},
3d0bb823 5355@samp{NAT_CDEPS}, @samp{NAT_GENERATED_FILES}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 5356
7fd60527
AC
5357@emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file
5358originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN}
5359on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this
937f164b 5360purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will
7fd60527
AC
5361eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn}
5362suffix.}
5363
c906108c 5364@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h
56caf160 5365(@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C
c906108c
SS
5366macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as
5367child process control and core file support.
5368
5369@item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c
5370Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of
5371this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c
SS
5372@end table
5373
5374There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
5375various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
5376defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
5377the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
5378@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}.
5379
5380Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
5381to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
56caf160 5382Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o}
c906108c
SS
5383into @code{NATDEPFILES}.
5384
5385@table @file
c906108c
SS
5386@item inftarg.c
5387This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
5388processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child.
5389
5390@item procfs.c
5391This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
5392processes on systems which use /proc to control the child.
5393
5394@item fork-child.c
56caf160
EZ
5395This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork
5396and exec'' to start up a child process.
c906108c
SS
5397
5398@item infptrace.c
5399This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using
5400the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way.
c906108c
SS
5401@end table
5402
c906108c
SS
5403@section ptrace
5404
5405@section /proc
5406
5407@section win32
5408
5409@section shared libraries
5410
5411@section Native Conditionals
56caf160 5412@cindex native conditionals
c906108c 5413
56caf160
EZ
5414When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
5415defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and
5416target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left
5417undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}.
c906108c 5418
1f6d4158
AC
5419@table @code
5420
9742079a
EZ
5421@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
5422An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
5423support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
5424
990f9fe3 5425@item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms})
56caf160 5426@findex SOLIB_ADD
c906108c 5427Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in
587afa38 5428@var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If
990f9fe3
FF
5429@var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level
5430processing for @var{filename} is still done.
c906108c
SS
5431
5432@item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
56caf160 5433@findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
c906108c
SS
5434Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you
5435want to be run just after the child process has been forked.
5436
5437@item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
56caf160
EZ
5438@findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
5439When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap
5440twice; once when
c906108c
SS
5441the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual
5442number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to
5443expand into the number expected.
5444
c906108c
SS
5445@end table
5446
c906108c
SS
5447@node Support Libraries
5448
5449@chapter Support Libraries
5450
5451@section BFD
56caf160 5452@cindex BFD library
c906108c 5453
25822942 5454BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways:
c906108c
SS
5455
5456@table @emph
c906108c
SS
5457@item identifying executable and core files
5458BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and
5459several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files.
5460
5461@item access to sections of files
5462BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses,
5463sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files
56caf160
EZ
5464(such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply
5465calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for
5466length @var{z}.
c906108c
SS
5467
5468@item specialized core file support
5469BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a
5470core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core
56caf160 5471file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable
c906108c
SS
5472file.
5473
5474@item locating the symbol information
25822942
DB
5475@value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the
5476symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself
c906108c 5477handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug
25822942 5478symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols,
c906108c 5479string table, etc.
c906108c
SS
5480@end table
5481
5482@section opcodes
56caf160 5483@cindex opcodes library
c906108c 5484
25822942 5485The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate
c906108c
SS
5486library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}).
5487
5488@section readline
86f04699
EZ
5489@cindex readline library
5490The @code{readline} library provides a set of functions for use by applications
5491that allow users to edit command lines as they are typed in.
c906108c
SS
5492
5493@section libiberty
1eb288ea
EZ
5494@cindex @code{libiberty} library
5495
5496The @code{libiberty} library provides a set of functions and features
5497that integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating
5498systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three
5499groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some
5500environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing
5501a uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard
5502functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality
5503beyond standard functions).
5504
5505@value{GDBN} uses various features provided by the @code{libiberty}
5506library, for instance the C@t{++} demangler, the @acronym{IEEE}
5507floating format support functions, the input options parser
5508@samp{getopt}, the @samp{obstack} extension, and other functions.
5509
5510@subsection @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN}
5511@cindex @code{obstacks}
5512
5513The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free
5514chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed
5515like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are
5516allocated and freed in a @acronym{LIFO} fashion on an obstack (see
d3e8051b 5517@code{libiberty}'s documentation for a more detailed explanation of
1eb288ea
EZ
5518@code{obstacks}).
5519
5520The most noticeable use of the @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} is in
5521object files. There is an obstack associated with each internal
5522representation of an object file. Lots of things get allocated on
5523these @code{obstacks}: dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors,
5524symbols, minimal symbols, types, vectors of fundamental types, class
5525fields of types, object files section lists, object files section
d3e8051b 5526offset lists, line tables, symbol tables, partial symbol tables,
1eb288ea
EZ
5527string tables, symbol table private data, macros tables, debug
5528information sections and entries, import and export lists (som),
5529unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 location expressions data. Plus
5530various strings such as directory names strings, debug format strings,
5531names of types.
5532
5533An essential and convenient property of all data on @code{obstacks} is
5534that memory for it gets allocated (with @code{obstack_alloc}) at
d3e8051b 5535various times during a debugging session, but it is released all at
1eb288ea
EZ
5536once using the @code{obstack_free} function. The @code{obstack_free}
5537function takes a pointer to where in the stack it must start the
5538deletion from (much like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to
5539start the cleanups). Because of the stack like structure of the
5540@code{obstacks}, this allows to free only a top portion of the
5541obstack. There are a few instances in @value{GDBN} where such thing
5542happens. Calls to @code{obstack_free} are done after some local data
5543is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is deleted from the
5544obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between the
5545@code{obstack_alloc} and the @code{obstack_free} allocates anything
5546else on the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to
5547use temporary @code{obstacks}.
5548
5549Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only
5550under the condition that we know the @code{obstacks} memory is no
5551longer needed. In @value{GDBN} we get rid of the @code{obstacks} only
5552when we get rid of the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a
5553new symbol file.
c906108c
SS
5554
5555@section gnu-regex
56caf160 5556@cindex regular expressions library
c906108c
SS
5557
5558Regex conditionals.
5559
5560@table @code
c906108c
SS
5561@item C_ALLOCA
5562
5563@item NFAILURES
5564
5565@item RE_NREGS
5566
5567@item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
5568
5569@item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
5570
5571@item SYNTAX_TABLE
5572
5573@item Sword
5574
5575@item sparc
c906108c
SS
5576@end table
5577
350da6ee
DJ
5578@section Array Containers
5579@cindex Array Containers
5580@cindex VEC
5581
5582Often it is necessary to manipulate a dynamic array of a set of
5583objects. C forces some bookkeeping on this, which can get cumbersome
d3e8051b 5584and repetitive. The @file{vec.h} file contains macros for defining
350da6ee
DJ
5585and using a typesafe vector type. The functions defined will be
5586inlined when compiling, and so the abstraction cost should be zero.
5587Domain checks are added to detect programming errors.
5588
5589An example use would be an array of symbols or section information.
5590The array can be grown as symbols are read in (or preallocated), and
5591the accessor macros provided keep care of all the necessary
5592bookkeeping. Because the arrays are type safe, there is no danger of
5593accidentally mixing up the contents. Think of these as C++ templates,
5594but implemented in C.
5595
5596Because of the different behavior of structure objects, scalar objects
5597and of pointers, there are three flavors of vector, one for each of
5598these variants. Both the structure object and pointer variants pass
5599pointers to objects around --- in the former case the pointers are
5600stored into the vector and in the latter case the pointers are
5601dereferenced and the objects copied into the vector. The scalar
5602object variant is suitable for @code{int}-like objects, and the vector
5603elements are returned by value.
5604
5605There are both @code{index} and @code{iterate} accessors. The iterator
5606returns a boolean iteration condition and updates the iteration
5607variable passed by reference. Because the iterator will be inlined,
5608the address-of can be optimized away.
5609
5610The vectors are implemented using the trailing array idiom, thus they
5611are not resizeable without changing the address of the vector object
5612itself. This means you cannot have variables or fields of vector type
5613--- always use a pointer to a vector. The one exception is the final
5614field of a structure, which could be a vector type. You will have to
5615use the @code{embedded_size} & @code{embedded_init} calls to create
5616such objects, and they will probably not be resizeable (so don't use
5617the @dfn{safe} allocation variants). The trailing array idiom is used
5618(rather than a pointer to an array of data), because, if we allow
5619@code{NULL} to also represent an empty vector, empty vectors occupy
5620minimal space in the structure containing them.
5621
5622Each operation that increases the number of active elements is
5623available in @dfn{quick} and @dfn{safe} variants. The former presumes
5624that there is sufficient allocated space for the operation to succeed
5625(it dies if there is not). The latter will reallocate the vector, if
5626needed. Reallocation causes an exponential increase in vector size.
5627If you know you will be adding N elements, it would be more efficient
5628to use the reserve operation before adding the elements with the
5629@dfn{quick} operation. This will ensure there are at least as many
5630elements as you ask for, it will exponentially increase if there are
5631too few spare slots. If you want reserve a specific number of slots,
5632but do not want the exponential increase (for instance, you know this
5633is the last allocation), use a negative number for reservation. You
5634can also create a vector of a specific size from the get go.
5635
5636You should prefer the push and pop operations, as they append and
587afa38 5637remove from the end of the vector. If you need to remove several items
350da6ee
DJ
5638in one go, use the truncate operation. The insert and remove
5639operations allow you to change elements in the middle of the vector.
5640There are two remove operations, one which preserves the element
5641ordering @code{ordered_remove}, and one which does not
5642@code{unordered_remove}. The latter function copies the end element
5643into the removed slot, rather than invoke a memmove operation. The
5644@code{lower_bound} function will determine where to place an item in
5645the array using insert that will maintain sorted order.
5646
5647If you need to directly manipulate a vector, then the @code{address}
5648accessor will return the address of the start of the vector. Also the
5649@code{space} predicate will tell you whether there is spare capacity in the
5650vector. You will not normally need to use these two functions.
5651
5652Vector types are defined using a
5653@code{DEF_VEC_@{O,P,I@}(@var{typename})} macro. Variables of vector
5654type are declared using a @code{VEC(@var{typename})} macro. The
5655characters @code{O}, @code{P} and @code{I} indicate whether
5656@var{typename} is an object (@code{O}), pointer (@code{P}) or integral
5657(@code{I}) type. Be careful to pick the correct one, as you'll get an
5658awkward and inefficient API if you use the wrong one. There is a
5659check, which results in a compile-time warning, for the @code{P} and
5660@code{I} versions, but there is no check for the @code{O} versions, as
5661that is not possible in plain C.
5662
5663An example of their use would be,
5664
5665@smallexample
5666DEF_VEC_P(tree); // non-managed tree vector.
5667
5668struct my_struct @{
5669 VEC(tree) *v; // A (pointer to) a vector of tree pointers.
5670@};
5671
5672struct my_struct *s;
5673
5674if (VEC_length(tree, s->v)) @{ we have some contents @}
5675VEC_safe_push(tree, s->v, decl); // append some decl onto the end
5676for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(tree, s->v, ix, elt); ix++)
5677 @{ do something with elt @}
5678
5679@end smallexample
5680
5681The @file{vec.h} file provides details on how to invoke the various
5682accessors provided. They are enumerated here:
5683
5684@table @code
5685@item VEC_length
5686Return the number of items in the array,
5687
5688@item VEC_empty
5689Return true if the array has no elements.
5690
5691@item VEC_last
5692@itemx VEC_index
5693Return the last or arbitrary item in the array.
5694
5695@item VEC_iterate
5696Access an array element and indicate whether the array has been
5697traversed.
5698
5699@item VEC_alloc
5700@itemx VEC_free
5701Create and destroy an array.
5702
5703@item VEC_embedded_size
5704@itemx VEC_embedded_init
5705Helpers for embedding an array as the final element of another struct.
5706
5707@item VEC_copy
5708Duplicate an array.
5709
5710@item VEC_space
5711Return the amount of free space in an array.
5712
5713@item VEC_reserve
5714Ensure a certain amount of free space.
5715
5716@item VEC_quick_push
5717@itemx VEC_safe_push
5718Append to an array, either assuming the space is available, or making
5719sure that it is.
5720
5721@item VEC_pop
5722Remove the last item from an array.
5723
5724@item VEC_truncate
5725Remove several items from the end of an array.
5726
5727@item VEC_safe_grow
5728Add several items to the end of an array.
5729
5730@item VEC_replace
5731Overwrite an item in the array.
5732
5733@item VEC_quick_insert
5734@itemx VEC_safe_insert
5735Insert an item into the middle of the array. Either the space must
5736already exist, or the space is created.
5737
5738@item VEC_ordered_remove
5739@itemx VEC_unordered_remove
5740Remove an item from the array, preserving order or not.
5741
5742@item VEC_block_remove
5743Remove a set of items from the array.
5744
5745@item VEC_address
5746Provide the address of the first element.
5747
5748@item VEC_lower_bound
5749Binary search the array.
5750
5751@end table
5752
c906108c
SS
5753@section include
5754
a0e0ffdf 5755@node Coding Standards
c906108c 5756
a0e0ffdf
DE
5757@chapter Coding Standards
5758@cindex coding standards
5759
5760@section @value{GDBN} C Coding Standards
5761
5762@value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in
5763@file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous
5764FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation
5765of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice
5766but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it.
5767
5768@value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to
5769@value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections.
5770
5771@subsection ISO C
5772
5773@value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant
5774compiler.
5775
5776@value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library.
5777
5778@subsection Formatting
5779
5780@cindex source code formatting
5781The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed
cef35b0f
PA
5782strictly. Any @value{GDBN}-specific deviation from GNU
5783recomendations is described below.
a0e0ffdf
DE
5784
5785A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A
5786function definition should have its name in column zero.
5787
5788@smallexample
5789/* Declaration */
5790static void foo (void);
5791/* Definition */
5792void
5793foo (void)
5794@{
5795@}
5796@end smallexample
5797
5798@emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can
5799be found using @samp{^function-name}.}
5800
5801There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening
5802parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as
5803required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket
5804or before a close paren/bracket.
5805
5806While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use
5807more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace
5808after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had
5809whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties
5810for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities.
5811
5812Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style:
5813
5814@smallexample
5815void *foo;
5816@end smallexample
5817
5818@noindent
5819and not:
5820
5821@smallexample
5822void * foo;
5823void* foo;
5824@end smallexample
5825
cef35b0f
PA
5826In addition, whitespace around casts and unary operators should follow
5827the following guidelines:
5828
5829@multitable @columnfractions .2 .2 .8
5830@item Use... @tab ...instead of @tab
5831
5832@item @code{!x}
5833@tab @code{! x}
5834@item @code{~x}
5835@tab @code{~ x}
5836@item @code{-x}
5837@tab @code{- x}
5838@tab (unary minus)
5839@item @code{(foo) x}
5840@tab @code{(foo)x}
5841@tab (cast)
5842@item @code{*x}
5843@tab @code{* x}
5844@tab (pointer dereference)
5845@end multitable
5846
0ee339bc
JK
5847Any two or more lines in code should be wrapped in braces, even if
5848they are comments, as they look like separate statements:
5849
5850@smallexample
5851if (i)
5852 @{
5853 /* Return success. */
5854 return 0;
5855 @}
5856@end smallexample
5857
5858@noindent
5859and not:
5860
5861@smallexample
5862if (i)
5863 /* Return success. */
5864 return 0;
5865@end smallexample
5866
a0e0ffdf
DE
5867@subsection Comments
5868
5869@cindex comment formatting
5870The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly.
5871
5872Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or
5873@code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}:
5874
5875@smallexample
5876/* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior
5877 gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of
5878 returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When
5879 this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left
5880 stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */
5881@end smallexample
5882
5883(Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line
5884comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.)
5885
5886Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or
5887variable definitions, and the definition itself.
5888
5889In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather
5890than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a
5891line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer
5892than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow.
5893
5894@subsection C Usage
5895
5896@cindex C data types
5897Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the
5898host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order
5899of evaluation of expressions.
5900
5901@cindex function usage
5902Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas
5903in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function
5904call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is
5905limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call).
5906
5907However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions
5908are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function.
5909
5910@emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.}
5911(But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are
5912protected with parentheses.)
5913
5914@cindex types
5915
5916Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to
5917declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}.
5918
5919@subsection Function Prototypes
5920@cindex function prototypes
5921
5922Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining}
5923a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the
5924argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual
5925function definition.
5926
5927All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that
5928callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must
5929be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be
5930visible to random source files.
5931
5932Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function,
5933that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file.
5934
5935@subsection File Names
5936
5937Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower
5938case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3
5939unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files.
5940
5941@emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many
5942platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file
5943is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and
5944@file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the
5945convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into
5946@file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform
5947@file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.}
5948
5949Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core
5950of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
5951
5952@emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.}
5953
5954When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex
5955@file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with
5956@file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively
5957independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure},
5958the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they
5959should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple
5960programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}.
5961
5962For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator.
5963
5964@subsection Include Files
5965
5966A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first.
5967
5968A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5969declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5970indirect inclusion.
5971
5972A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5973declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5974indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to
5975be directly included.
5976
5977An external declaration should only appear in one include file.
5978
5979An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file.
5980Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that
5981pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}.
5982
5983A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file.
5984
5985An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h}
5986files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque
5987@code{struct} declaration instead of an include.
5988
5989All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in:
5990
5991@smallexample
5992#ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5993#define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5994header body
5995#endif
5996@end smallexample
5997
5998@section @value{GDBN} Python Coding Standards
5999
6000@value{GDBN} follows the published @code{Python} coding standards in
6001@uref{http://www.python.org/dev/peps/pep-0008/, @code{PEP008}}.
6002
6003In addition, the guidelines in the
6004@uref{http://google-styleguide.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/pyguide.html,
6005Google Python Style Guide} are also followed where they do not
6006conflict with @code{PEP008}.
6007
6008@subsection @value{GDBN}-specific exceptions
6009
6010There are a few exceptions to the published standards.
6011They exist mainly for consistency with the @code{C} standards.
6012
6013@c It is expected that there are a few more exceptions,
6014@c so we use itemize here.
6015
6016@itemize @bullet
6017
6018@item
6019Use @code{FIXME} instead of @code{TODO}.
6020
6021@end itemize
6022
6023@node Misc Guidelines
6024
6025@chapter Misc Guidelines
c906108c
SS
6026
6027This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major
25822942 6028algorithms of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
6029
6030@section Cleanups
56caf160 6031@cindex cleanups
c906108c
SS
6032
6033Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done
cc1cb004 6034later.
c906108c 6035
cc1cb004
AC
6036When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or
6037@code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree}
6038the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The
6039cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished
6040and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack
6041is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform
6042cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you
6043created.
c906108c
SS
6044
6045Syntax:
6046
6047@table @code
c906108c
SS
6048@item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain};
6049Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle.
6050
56caf160 6051@findex make_cleanup
c906108c
SS
6052@item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg});
6053Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with
6054@var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a
cc1cb004
AC
6055handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or
6056@code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call
6057@code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result
6058from @code{make_cleanup}.
c906108c 6059
56caf160 6060@findex do_cleanups
c906108c 6061@item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
cc1cb004
AC
6062Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding
6063@code{make_cleanup} call was made.
6064
6065@findex discard_cleanups
6066@item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
6067Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from
6068the chain and does not call the specified functions.
6069@end table
6070
6071Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by
6072@code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any
6073later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or
6074performed). E.g.:
56caf160 6075
474c8240 6076@smallexample
c906108c 6077make_cleanup (a, 0);
cc1cb004
AC
6078@{
6079 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0);
6080 make_cleanup (c, 0)
6081 ...
6082 do_cleanups (old);
6083@}
474c8240 6084@end smallexample
56caf160 6085
c906108c 6086@noindent
cc1cb004
AC
6087will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The
6088cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will
6089be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill
6090
6091Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates.
6092Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller
6093will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads
6094to two common cleanup styles.
6095
6096The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls
6097@code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your
6098code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following
6099code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is
6100called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the
6101@code{xfree} will always be called:
c906108c 6102
474c8240 6103@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
6104struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
6105data = xmalloc (sizeof blah);
6106make_cleanup (xfree, data);
6107... blah blah ...
6108do_cleanups (old);
474c8240 6109@end smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
6110
6111The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls
6112@code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that
6113any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following
6114code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is
6115an error:
6116
474c8240 6117@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
6118FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r");
6119struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file);
6120... blah blah ...
6121discard_cleanups (old);
6122return file;
474c8240 6123@end smallexample
c906108c 6124
c1468174 6125Some functions, e.g., @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify
c906108c
SS
6126that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This
6127means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or
6128interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these
6129functions, since they might never return to your code (they
6130@samp{longjmp} instead).
6131
ba8c9337
AC
6132@section Per-architecture module data
6133@cindex per-architecture module data
6134@cindex multi-arch data
6135@cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module
6136
fc989b7a
AC
6137The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module
6138specific per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch}
6139architecture object.
6140
6141A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using:
6142
587afa38 6143@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct gdbarch_data *} gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *@var{pre_init})
fc989b7a
AC
6144@var{pre_init} is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a
6145per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack (passed
6146in as a parameter). Since @var{pre_init} can be called during
6147architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the architecture.
6148and must not call modules that use per-architecture data.
587afa38 6149@end deftypefn
ba8c9337 6150
587afa38 6151@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct gdbarch_data *} gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype *@var{post_init})
fc989b7a
AC
6152@var{post_init} is used to obtain an initial value for a
6153per-architecture data-pointer @emph{after}. Since @var{post_init} is
6154always called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully
6155initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use
6156per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those
6157other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will
6158create in cycles in the initialization call graph).
587afa38 6159@end deftypefn
ba8c9337 6160
fc989b7a
AC
6161These functions return a @code{struct gdbarch_data} that is used to
6162identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module.
ba8c9337 6163
fc989b7a 6164The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function:
ba8c9337 6165
587afa38 6166@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {void *} gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle})
fc989b7a
AC
6167Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle
6168@var{data_handle} (returned by @code{gdbarch_data_register_pre_init}
6169or @code{gdbarch_data_register_post_init}), this function returns the
6170current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data
6171pointer is @code{NULL}, it is first initialized by calling the
6172corresponding @var{pre_init} or @var{post_init} method.
587afa38 6173@end deftypefn
ba8c9337 6174
fc989b7a 6175The examples below assume the following definitions:
ba8c9337
AC
6176
6177@smallexample
e7f16015 6178struct nozel @{ int total; @};
ba8c9337 6179static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle;
ba8c9337
AC
6180@end smallexample
6181
fc989b7a
AC
6182A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional
6183per-architecture data, using the @var{pre_init} method. The module's
6184per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture
6185creation.
ba8c9337 6186
fc989b7a
AC
6187In the below, the module's per-architecture @emph{nozel} is added. An
6188architecture can specify its nozel by calling @code{set_gdbarch_nozel}
6189from @code{gdbarch_init}.
ba8c9337
AC
6190
6191@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
6192static void *
6193nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack)
ba8c9337 6194@{
fc989b7a
AC
6195 struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel);
6196 return data;
6197@}
ba8c9337
AC
6198@end smallexample
6199
ba8c9337 6200@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
6201extern void
6202set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total)
ba8c9337 6203@{
ba8c9337 6204 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
fc989b7a 6205 data->total = nozel;
ba8c9337
AC
6206@}
6207@end smallexample
6208
587afa38 6209A module can on-demand create architecture dependent data structures
fc989b7a 6210using @code{post_init}.
ba8c9337 6211
fc989b7a
AC
6212In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by
6213@code{nozel_post_init} using information obtained from the
6214architecture.
ba8c9337
AC
6215
6216@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
6217static void *
6218nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 6219@{
fc989b7a
AC
6220 struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel);
6221 nozel->total = gdbarch@dots{} (gdbarch);
6222 return data;
ba8c9337
AC
6223@}
6224@end smallexample
6225
6226@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
6227extern int
6228nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 6229@{
fc989b7a
AC
6230 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
6231 return data->total;
ba8c9337
AC
6232@}
6233@end smallexample
6234
c906108c 6235@section Wrapping Output Lines
56caf160 6236@cindex line wrap in output
c906108c 6237
56caf160 6238@findex wrap_here
c906108c
SS
6239Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered}
6240or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here}
6241added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility
6242routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is
6243exceeded.
6244
6245The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is
6246printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved
6247away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to
6248@code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the
6249@code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then
6250return!
6251
56caf160 6252It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or
c906108c
SS
6253space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your
6254indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if
6255the line wraps there.
6256
6257Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must
6258finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching
56caf160 6259to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that
c906108c
SS
6260print warnings are a good example.
6261
a0e0ffdf 6262@section Memory Management
af6c57ea
AC
6263
6264@value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc},
6265@code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}.
6266
6267@value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and
6268@code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@:
6269these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead,
6270they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return
6271@code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero.
6272
6273@emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every
6274memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable
6275behavior.}
6276
6277@value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}.
6278
6279@value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the
6280memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to
6281free a @code{NULL} pointer.
6282
6283@emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a
6284@code{NULL} pointer.}
6285
6286@value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the
6287allocation of small temporary values (such as strings).
6288
6289@emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems
6290restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.}
6291
6292@value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print
b435e160 6293function @code{xstrprintf}.
af6c57ea
AC
6294
6295@emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print
6296functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow
6297errors.}
6298
6299
a0e0ffdf 6300@section Compiler Warnings
56caf160 6301@cindex compiler warnings
af6c57ea 6302
aa79a185
DJ
6303With few exceptions, developers should avoid the configuration option
6304@samp{--disable-werror} when building @value{GDBN}. The exceptions
6305are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}. The default, when
6306building with @sc{gcc}, is @samp{--enable-werror}.
af6c57ea
AC
6307
6308This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled
6309with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings
aa79a185 6310from those flags are treated as errors.
af6c57ea
AC
6311
6312The current list of warning flags includes:
6313
6314@table @samp
aa79a185
DJ
6315@item -Wall
6316Recommended @sc{gcc} warnings.
af6c57ea 6317
aa79a185 6318@item -Wdeclaration-after-statement
af6c57ea 6319
aa79a185
DJ
6320@sc{gcc} 3.x (and later) and @sc{c99} allow declarations mixed with
6321code, but @sc{gcc} 2.x and @sc{c89} do not.
af6c57ea 6322
aa79a185 6323@item -Wpointer-arith
af6c57ea 6324
aa79a185
DJ
6325@item -Wformat-nonliteral
6326Non-literal format strings, with a few exceptions, are bugs - they
d3e8051b 6327might contain unintended user-supplied format specifiers.
af6c57ea 6328Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all
aa79a185 6329@code{printf} like functions this checks not just @code{printf} calls
af6c57ea
AC
6330but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}.
6331
7be93b9e
JB
6332@item -Wno-pointer-sign
6333In version 4.0, GCC began warning about pointer argument passing or
6334assignment even when the source and destination differed only in
6335signedness. However, most @value{GDBN} code doesn't distinguish
6336carefully between @code{char} and @code{unsigned char}. In early 2006
6337the @value{GDBN} developers decided correcting these warnings wasn't
6338worth the time it would take.
6339
aa79a185
DJ
6340@item -Wno-unused-parameter
6341Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented many functions have
6342unused parameters. Consequently this warning is avoided. The macro
af6c57ea
AC
6343@code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives ---
6344it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that
aa79a185
DJ
6345is being used.
6346
6347@item -Wno-unused
6348@itemx -Wno-switch
58b38ee2 6349@itemx -Wno-char-subscripts
aa79a185
DJ
6350These are warnings which might be useful for @value{GDBN}, but are
6351currently too noisy to enable with @samp{-Werror}.
af6c57ea 6352
aa79a185 6353@end table
c906108c 6354
a0e0ffdf 6355@section Internal Error Recovery
af6c57ea
AC
6356
6357During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors.
6358User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user
6359entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt
6360object files and system errors when interacting with the target.
937f164b
FF
6361Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at
6362run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation.
af6c57ea
AC
6363
6364When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses
6365@code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}.
6366
6367@value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}.
6368
6369@emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either
6370the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a
6371@code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user
6372error and issued an @code{internal_error}.}
6373
a0e0ffdf 6374@section Command Names
aaf4119b
DE
6375
6376GDB U/I commands are written @samp{foo-bar}, not @samp{foo_bar}.
6377
a0e0ffdf 6378@section Clean Design and Portable Implementation
c906108c 6379
56caf160 6380@cindex design
c906108c 6381In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of
25822942 6382semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long
c906108c
SS
6383experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of
6384trouble.
6385
56caf160 6386@cindex assumptions about targets
c906108c
SS
6387You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target
6388(including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things
56caf160
EZ
6389must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in
6390@value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h},
6391such as @code{bfd_get_32}.
c906108c
SS
6392
6393You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to
6394the target system. All references to the target must go through the
6395current @code{target_ops} vector.
6396
6397You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine
6398(except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't
6399assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the
6400host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files --
6401written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid
6402copyright problems.
6403
56caf160 6404@cindex portability
c906108c
SS
6405Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better
6406to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various
6407systems.
6408
56caf160 6409@cindex system dependencies
c906108c
SS
6410New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers
6411or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test
6412for features. The information about which configurations contain which
6413features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience
6414has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system
6415often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some
6416predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over
6417time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently
6418with regard to this feature.
6419
6420Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems,
af6c57ea 6421target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code.
c906108c 6422
dab11f21
EZ
6423@cindex portable file name handling
6424@cindex file names, portability
6425One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to
6426creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code
6427assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with
6428a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading
6429directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not
6430necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid
6431system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file
6432name, use the following portable macros:
6433
6434@table @code
6435@findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
6436@item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
6437This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts
6438whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this
6439symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for
6440such hosts.
6441
6442@findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR
4be31470 6443@item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c})
dab11f21
EZ
6444Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator
6445character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is
6446such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will
6447pass.
6448
6449@findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
6450@item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file})
6451Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name.
6452For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash
6453@file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and
6454@file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names.
6455
6456@findex FILENAME_CMP
6457@item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2})
6458Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as
6459appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems,
6460this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it
6461will call @code{strcasecmp} instead.
6462
6463@findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
6464@item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
6465Evaluates to a character which separates directories in
6466@code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables.
6467This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows.
6468
6469@findex SLASH_STRING
6470@item SLASH_STRING
6471This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an
6472absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename.
6473@code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be
6474@code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports.
6475@end table
6476
6477In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library
6478functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a
6479basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and
6480@code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for
6481platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash
6482with @code{strrchr}.
6483
25822942
DB
6484Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an
6485attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle
56caf160
EZ
6486multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but
6487by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as
c906108c
SS
6488well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever
6489something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are
56caf160
EZ
6490using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g.,
6491@code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the
c906108c 6492current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface
56caf160 6493is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually
c906108c
SS
6494implements the new remote interface. Other examples of
6495attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file
25822942 6496formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages.
c906108c 6497
56caf160
EZ
6498Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all
6499the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of
6500@value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing
6501something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been
6502consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal
6503with variations between systems the same way any system-independent
6504file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are
6505radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all.
c906108c 6506
af6c57ea
AC
6507All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug
6508@var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace
6509messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use
6510@code{#ifdef DEBUG}.
6511
8487521e 6512@node Porting GDB
c906108c 6513
25822942 6514@chapter Porting @value{GDBN}
56caf160 6515@cindex porting to new machines
c906108c 6516
56caf160 6517Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in
587afa38
EZ
6518specifying the configuration of the machine. Porting a new
6519architecture to @value{GDBN} can be broken into a number of steps.
c906108c 6520
56caf160 6521@itemize @bullet
c906108c 6522
587afa38
EZ
6523@item
6524Ensure a @sc{bfd} exists for executables of the target architecture in
6525the @file{bfd} directory. If one does not exist, create one by
6526modifying an existing similar one.
56caf160 6527
587afa38
EZ
6528@item
6529Implement a disassembler for the target architecture in the @file{opcodes}
6530directory.
56caf160 6531
587afa38
EZ
6532@item
6533Define the target architecture in the @file{gdb} directory
6534(@pxref{Adding a New Target, , Adding a New Target}). Add the pattern
6535for the new target to @file{configure.tgt} with the names of the files
6536that contain the code. By convention the target architecture
6537definition for an architecture @var{arch} is placed in
6538@file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}.
6539
6540Within @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c} define the function
6541@code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} which calls
6542@code{gdbarch_register} to create the new @code{@w{struct
6543gdbarch}} for the architecture.
56caf160 6544
587afa38
EZ
6545@item
6546If a new remote target is needed, consider adding a new remote target
6547by defining a function
6548@code{_initialize_remote_@var{arch}}. However if at all possible
6549use the @value{GDBN} @emph{Remote Serial Protocol} for this and implement
6550the server side protocol independently with the target.
c906108c 6551
587afa38
EZ
6552@item
6553If desired implement a simulator in the @file{sim} directory. This
6554should create the library @file{libsim.a} implementing the interface
6555in @file{remote-sim.h} (found in the @file{include} directory).
c906108c 6556
56caf160 6557@item
587afa38
EZ
6558Build and test. If desired, lobby the @sc{gdb} steering group to
6559have the new port included in the main distribution!
7fd60527 6560
56caf160 6561@item
587afa38
EZ
6562Add a description of the new architecture to the main @value{GDBN} user
6563guide (@pxref{Configuration Specific Information, , Configuration
6564Specific Information, gdb, Debugging with @value{GDBN}}).
6565
56caf160 6566@end itemize
c906108c 6567
d52fe014
AC
6568@node Versions and Branches
6569@chapter Versions and Branches
8973da3a 6570
d52fe014 6571@section Versions
8973da3a 6572
d52fe014
AC
6573@value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file
6574@file{gdb/version.in} and takes one of the following forms:
fb0ff88f 6575
d52fe014
AC
6576@table @asis
6577@item @var{major}.@var{minor}
6578@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
6579an official release (e.g., 6.2 or 6.2.1)
6580@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6581a snapshot taken at @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-gmt (e.g.,
65826.1.50.20020302, 6.1.90.20020304, or 6.1.0.20020308)
6583@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-cvs
6584a @sc{cvs} check out drawn on @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD} (e.g.,
65856.1.50.20020302-cvs, 6.1.90.20020304-cvs, or 6.1.0.20020308-cvs)
6586@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} (@var{vendor})
d52fe014 6587a vendor specific release of @value{GDBN}, that while based on@*
53531fc1
AC
6588@var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD},
6589may include additional changes
d52fe014 6590@end table
fb0ff88f 6591
d52fe014
AC
6592@value{GDBN}'s mainline uses the @var{major} and @var{minor} version
6593numbers from the most recent release branch, with a @var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
6594of 50. At the time each new release branch is created, the mainline's
6595@var{major} and @var{minor} version numbers are updated.
fb0ff88f 6596
53531fc1
AC
6597@value{GDBN}'s release branch is similar. When the branch is cut, the
6598@var{patchlevel} is changed from 50 to 90. As draft releases are
6599drawn from the branch, the @var{patchlevel} is incremented. Once the
6600first release (@var{major}.@var{minor}) has been made, the
6601@var{patchlevel} is set to 0 and updates have an incremented
6602@var{patchlevel}.
6603
6604For snapshots, and @sc{cvs} check outs, it is also possible to
6605identify the @sc{cvs} origin:
6606
6607@table @asis
6608@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.50.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6609drawn from the @sc{head} of mainline @sc{cvs} (e.g., 6.1.50.20020302)
6610@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.90.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6611@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.91.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
6612drawn from a release branch prior to the release (e.g.,
66136.1.90.20020304)
6614@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.0.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6615@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.1.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
6616drawn from a release branch after the release (e.g., 6.2.0.20020308)
6617@end table
fb0ff88f 6618
d52fe014
AC
6619If the previous @value{GDBN} version is 6.1 and the current version is
66206.2, then, substituting 6 for @var{major} and 1 or 2 for @var{minor},
6621here's an illustration of a typical sequence:
fb0ff88f 6622
d52fe014
AC
6623@smallexample
6624 <HEAD>
6625 |
53531fc1 66266.1.50.20020302-cvs
d52fe014 6627 |
53531fc1 6628 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 6629 | <gdb_6_2-branch>
d52fe014 6630 | |
53531fc1
AC
66316.2.50.20020303-cvs 6.1.90 (draft #1)
6632 | |
66336.2.50.20020304-cvs 6.1.90.20020304-cvs
6634 | |
66356.2.50.20020305-cvs 6.1.91 (draft #2)
d52fe014 6636 | |
53531fc1
AC
66376.2.50.20020306-cvs 6.1.91.20020306-cvs
6638 | |
66396.2.50.20020307-cvs 6.2 (release)
6640 | |
66416.2.50.20020308-cvs 6.2.0.20020308-cvs
6642 | |
66436.2.50.20020309-cvs 6.2.1 (update)
6644 | |
66456.2.50.20020310-cvs <branch closed>
d52fe014 6646 |
53531fc1 66476.2.50.20020311-cvs
d52fe014 6648 |
53531fc1 6649 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 6650 | <gdb_6_3-branch>
53531fc1
AC
6651 | |
66526.3.50.20020312-cvs 6.2.90 (draft #1)
6653 | |
d52fe014 6654@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6655
d52fe014
AC
6656@section Release Branches
6657@cindex Release Branches
fb0ff88f 6658
d52fe014
AC
6659@value{GDBN} draws a release series (6.2, 6.2.1, @dots{}) from a
6660single release branch, and identifies that branch using the @sc{cvs}
6661branch tags:
fb0ff88f 6662
d52fe014
AC
6663@smallexample
6664gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-branchpoint
6665gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-branch
6666gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-release
6667@end smallexample
6668
6669@emph{Pragmatics: To help identify the date at which a branch or
6670release is made, both the branchpoint and release tags include the
6671date that they are cut (@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}) in the tag. The
6672branch tag, denoting the head of the branch, does not need this.}
6673
6674@section Vendor Branches
6675@cindex vendor branches
fb0ff88f
AC
6676
6677To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file
6678@file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier
6679(an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in
d3e8051b 6680its version identifier). E.g., @samp{6.2widgit2}, or @samp{6.2 (Widgit
d52fe014
AC
6681Inc Patch 2)}.
6682
6683@section Experimental Branches
6684@cindex experimental branches
6685
6686@subsection Guidelines
6687
6688@value{GDBN} permits the creation of branches, cut from the @sc{cvs}
6689repository, for experimental development. Branches make it possible
6690for developers to share preliminary work, and maintainers to examine
6691significant new developments.
fb0ff88f 6692
d52fe014 6693The following are a set of guidelines for creating such branches:
fb0ff88f 6694
d52fe014
AC
6695@table @emph
6696
6697@item a branch has an owner
6698The owner can set further policy for a branch, but may not change the
6699ground rules. In particular, they can set a policy for commits (be it
6700adding more reviewers or deciding who can commit).
6701
6702@item all commits are posted
6703All changes committed to a branch shall also be posted to
87f9adc1 6704@email{gdb-patches@@sourceware.org, the @value{GDBN} patches
d52fe014
AC
6705mailing list}. While commentary on such changes are encouraged, people
6706should remember that the changes only apply to a branch.
6707
6708@item all commits are covered by an assignment
6709This ensures that all changes belong to the Free Software Foundation,
6710and avoids the possibility that the branch may become contaminated.
6711
6712@item a branch is focused
6713A focused branch has a single objective or goal, and does not contain
6714unnecessary or irrelevant changes. Cleanups, where identified, being
6715be pushed into the mainline as soon as possible.
6716
6717@item a branch tracks mainline
6718This keeps the level of divergence under control. It also keeps the
6719pressure on developers to push cleanups and other stuff into the
6720mainline.
6721
6722@item a branch shall contain the entire @value{GDBN} module
6723The @value{GDBN} module @code{gdb} should be specified when creating a
6724branch (branches of individual files should be avoided). @xref{Tags}.
6725
6726@item a branch shall be branded using @file{version.in}
6727The file @file{gdb/version.in} shall be modified so that it identifies
6728the branch @var{owner} and branch @var{name}, e.g.,
53531fc1 6729@samp{6.2.50.20030303_owner_name} or @samp{6.2 (Owner Name)}.
d52fe014
AC
6730
6731@end table
fb0ff88f 6732
d52fe014
AC
6733@subsection Tags
6734@anchor{Tags}
fb0ff88f 6735
d52fe014
AC
6736To simplify the identification of @value{GDBN} branches, the following
6737branch tagging convention is strongly recommended:
fb0ff88f 6738
d52fe014 6739@table @code
fb0ff88f 6740
d52fe014
AC
6741@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6742@itemx @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch
6743The branch point and corresponding branch tag. @var{YYYYMMDD} is the
6744date that the branch was created. A branch is created using the
6745sequence: @anchor{experimental branch tags}
474c8240 6746@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6747cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint gdb
6748cvs rtag -b -r @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint \
6749 @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch gdb
474c8240 6750@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6751
d52fe014
AC
6752@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
6753The tagged point, on the mainline, that was used when merging the branch
6754on @var{yyyymmdd}. To merge in all changes since the branch was cut,
6755use a command sequence like:
474c8240 6756@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6757cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint gdb
6758cvs update \
6759 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6760 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
474c8240 6761@end smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6762@noindent
6763Similar sequences can be used to just merge in changes since the last
6764merge.
6765
6766@end table
fb0ff88f 6767
d52fe014
AC
6768@noindent
6769For further information on @sc{cvs}, see
6770@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/cvs/, Concurrent Versions System}.
6771
55f6ca0f
JB
6772@node Start of New Year Procedure
6773@chapter Start of New Year Procedure
6774@cindex new year procedure
6775
6776At the start of each new year, the following actions should be performed:
6777
6778@itemize @bullet
6779@item
6780Rotate the ChangeLog file
6781
6782The current @file{ChangeLog} file should be renamed into
6783@file{ChangeLog-YYYY} where YYYY is the year that has just passed.
6784A new @file{ChangeLog} file should be created, and its contents should
6785contain a reference to the previous ChangeLog. The following should
6786also be preserved at the end of the new ChangeLog, in order to provide
6787the appropriate settings when editing this file with Emacs:
6788@smallexample
6789Local Variables:
6790mode: change-log
6791left-margin: 8
6792fill-column: 74
6793version-control: never
9cb011d3 6794coding: utf-8
55f6ca0f
JB
6795End:
6796@end smallexample
6797
7f893741
JB
6798@item
6799Add an entry for the newly created ChangeLog file (@file{ChangeLog-YYYY})
6800in @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
6801
55f6ca0f
JB
6802@item
6803Update the copyright year in the startup message
6804
9cb011d3
JB
6805Update the copyright year in:
6806@itemize @bullet
e6f3ec50
JB
6807 @item
6808 file @file{top.c}, function @code{print_gdb_version}
6809 @item
6810 file @file{gdbserver/server.c}, function @code{gdbserver_version}
6811 @item
6812 file @file{gdbserver/gdbreplay.c}, function @code{gdbreplay_version}
9cb011d3 6813@end itemize
6ec2edbe
JB
6814
6815@item
ce1b17c4
JB
6816Run the @file{copyright.py} Python script to add the new year in the copyright
6817notices of most source files. This script has been tested with Python
68182.6 and 2.7.
6ec2edbe 6819
55f6ca0f
JB
6820@end itemize
6821
d52fe014 6822@node Releasing GDB
fb0ff88f 6823
d52fe014
AC
6824@chapter Releasing @value{GDBN}
6825@cindex making a new release of gdb
fb0ff88f 6826
9bb0a4d8
AC
6827@section Branch Commit Policy
6828
6829The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0,
68305.1 and 5.2 all used the below:
6831
6832@itemize @bullet
6833@item
6834The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds.
6835@item
6836Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the
6837trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS}
4be31470 6838file is better than committing a hack.
9bb0a4d8
AC
6839@item
6840When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include:
6841Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run}
6842when debugging a static binary?
6843@item
6844The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely
6845the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code).
6846@item
6847Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've
6848sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the
6849@file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)}
6850@end itemize
6851
6852@emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core
6853functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal.
6854This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within
6855reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.}
6856
6857
cbb09e6a 6858@section Obsoleting code
8973da3a 6859
8642bc8f 6860Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source
4be31470
EZ
6861code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN}
6862(an old target, an unused file).
8973da3a 6863
8642bc8f 6864Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every
cbb09e6a
AC
6865line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has
6866been obsoleted when greping through the sources.
8973da3a 6867
cbb09e6a
AC
6868The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the
6869wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond.
6870Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week.
8973da3a 6871
cbb09e6a 6872@enumerate
8973da3a 6873@item
87f9adc1 6874Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sourceware.org, the GDB mailing
cbb09e6a
AC
6875list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly
6876recommended.
8973da3a 6877@item
cbb09e6a 6878Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6879@item
87f9adc1 6880Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sourceware.org, the GDB
cbb09e6a 6881Announcement mailing list}.
8973da3a 6882@item
cbb09e6a 6883Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6884@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6885Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are
6886prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}.
6887@item
6888Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been
6889released.
6890@item
6891Remove the obsolete code.
6892@end enumerate
6893
6894@noindent
6895@emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is
6896hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it
6897helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant
6898or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with
6899the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer
6900hand when it comes to fixing broken files.}
8973da3a 6901
8973da3a 6902
9ae8b82c
AC
6903
6904@section Before the Branch
8973da3a 6905
8642bc8f
AC
6906The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple
6907changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For
6908instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even
6909building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the
6910@file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file.
8973da3a 6911
9ae8b82c 6912@subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS}
8973da3a 6913
9ae8b82c
AC
6914People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know
6915something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule}
6916script will mention this in its e-mail.
8973da3a 6917
9ae8b82c 6918@subheading Review @file{gdb/README}
8973da3a 6919
9ae8b82c
AC
6920Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the
6921@file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The
6922@code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail.
8642bc8f
AC
6923
6924@subheading Refresh any imported files.
8973da3a 6925
8642bc8f 6926A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include:
8973da3a 6927
8642bc8f
AC
6928@itemize @bullet
6929@item
6930@file{texinfo/texinfo.tex}
6931@item
9ae8b82c
AC
6932@file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS}
6933file)
6934@item
6935@file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi}
8642bc8f
AC
6936@end itemize
6937
9ae8b82c 6938@subheading Check the ARI
8642bc8f 6939
87f9adc1 6940@uref{http://sourceware.org/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script
9ae8b82c
AC
6941(Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding
6942conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead
6943of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any
6944regressions.
8642bc8f 6945
9ae8b82c 6946@subsection Review the bug data base
8642bc8f 6947
9ae8b82c 6948Close anything obviously fixed.
8642bc8f 6949
9ae8b82c 6950@subsection Check all cross targets build
8642bc8f 6951
9ae8b82c 6952The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
8642bc8f 6953
8642bc8f 6954
30107679 6955@section Cut the Branch
8642bc8f 6956
30107679 6957@subheading Create the branch
8642bc8f 6958
474c8240 6959@smallexample
30107679
AC
6960$ u=5.1
6961$ v=5.2
6962$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6963$ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6964$ echo $u $V $D
69655.1 5_2 2002-03-03
87f9adc1 6966$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6967-D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight
87f9adc1 6968cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag
b247355e 6969-D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight
30107679
AC
6970$ ^echo ^^
6971...
87f9adc1 6972$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6973-b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight
87f9adc1 6974cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6975-b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight
30107679
AC
6976$ ^echo ^^
6977...
8642bc8f 6978$
474c8240 6979@end smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6980
6981@itemize @bullet
6982@item
b247355e 6983By using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt}, the branch is forced to an exact
30107679
AC
6984date/time.
6985@item
b247355e 6986The trunk is first tagged so that the branch point can easily be found.
30107679 6987@item
b247355e 6988Insight, which includes @value{GDBN}, is tagged at the same time.
8642bc8f 6989@item
b247355e 6990@file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts.
8642bc8f 6991@item
b247355e 6992The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f}.
30107679
AC
6993@end itemize
6994
6995@subheading Update @file{version.in}
6996
6997@smallexample
6998$ u=5.1
6999$ v=5.2
7000$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
7001$ echo $u $v$V
70025.1 5_2
7003$ cd /tmp
87f9adc1 7004$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src co \
30107679 7005-r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in
87f9adc1 7006cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src co
30107679
AC
7007 -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in
7008$ ^echo ^^
7009U src/gdb/version.in
7010$ cd src/gdb
7011$ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in
7012$ cat version.in
70135.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs
7014$ cvs -f commit version.in
7015@end smallexample
7016
7017@itemize @bullet
7018@item
7019@file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update
b247355e 7020mechanism.
30107679
AC
7021@item
7022@file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary
b247355e 7023initial branch version number.
8642bc8f
AC
7024@end itemize
7025
8642bc8f
AC
7026
7027@subheading Update the web and news pages
7028
30107679
AC
7029Something?
7030
8642bc8f
AC
7031@subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch
7032
30107679
AC
7033The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table.
7034This file needs to be updated so that:
7035
7036@itemize @bullet
7037@item
b247355e 7038A daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in}.
30107679 7039@item
b247355e 7040The new branch is included in the snapshot process.
30107679
AC
7041@end itemize
7042
7043@noindent
7044See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated
7045cron table.
7046
7047The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect
7048any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/
7049snapshot directories.
7050
7051
7052@subheading Update the NEWS and README files
7053
7054The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers
7055to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also
7056refers to @emph{changes since the current release}.
7057
7058The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the
7059current release.
7060
7061@subheading Post the branch info
7062
7063Send an announcement to the mailing lists:
7064
7065@itemize @bullet
7066@item
87f9adc1 7067@email{gdb-announce@@sourceware.org, GDB Announcement mailing list}
30107679 7068@item
87f9adc1
PM
7069@email{gdb@@sourceware.org, GDB Discussion mailing list} and
7070@email{gdb-testers@@sourceware.org, GDB Testers mailing list}
16737d73 7071@end itemize
30107679
AC
7072
7073@emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to
7074ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion
7075list are alerted.}
7076
7077The announcement should include:
7078
7079@itemize @bullet
7080@item
b247355e 7081The branch tag.
30107679 7082@item
b247355e 7083How to check out the branch using CVS.
30107679 7084@item
b247355e 7085The date/number of weeks until the release.
30107679 7086@item
b247355e 7087The branch commit policy still holds.
16737d73 7088@end itemize
30107679 7089
8642bc8f
AC
7090@section Stabilize the branch
7091
7092Something goes here.
7093
7094@section Create a Release
7095
0816590b
AC
7096The process of creating and then making available a release is broken
7097down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical
7098process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the
7099process of releasing that tar ball.
8973da3a 7100
0816590b
AC
7101When making a release candidate just the first section is needed.
7102
7103@subsection Create a release candidate
7104
7105The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be
7106made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release
7107candidate).
7108
7109@subsubheading Freeze the branch
7110
7111Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to
87f9adc1 7112@email{gdb-patches@@sourceware.org}.
0816590b
AC
7113
7114@subsubheading Establish a few defaults.
8973da3a 7115
474c8240 7116@smallexample
0816590b
AC
7117$ b=gdb_5_2-branch
7118$ v=5.2
8642bc8f
AC
7119$ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp
7120$ echo $t/$b/$v
0816590b 7121/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8642bc8f
AC
7122$ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v
7123$ cd $t/$b/$v
7124$ pwd
0816590b 7125/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8973da3a
AC
7126$ which autoconf
7127/home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf
8642bc8f 7128$
474c8240 7129@end smallexample
8973da3a 7130
0816590b
AC
7131@noindent
7132Notes:
8973da3a 7133
0816590b
AC
7134@itemize @bullet
7135@item
7136Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the
af542c2e 7137version documented in the toplevel @file{README-maintainer-mode} file.
bc3a0b4d
RW
7138It is very unlikely that the version of @code{autoconf} installed in
7139system directories (e.g., @file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct.
0816590b
AC
7140@end itemize
7141
7142@subsubheading Check out the relevant modules:
8973da3a 7143
474c8240 7144@smallexample
b247355e 7145$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 7146do
8973da3a
AC
7147( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m )
7148done
8642bc8f 7149$
474c8240 7150@end smallexample
8973da3a 7151
0816590b
AC
7152@noindent
7153Note:
8642bc8f 7154
0816590b
AC
7155@itemize @bullet
7156@item
7157The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't
7158any confusion between what is written here and what your local
7159@code{cvs} really does.
7160@end itemize
7161
7162@subsubheading Update relevant files.
8973da3a 7163
0816590b
AC
7164@table @file
7165
7166@item gdb/NEWS
8642bc8f
AC
7167
7168Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor
7169releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed.
7170
0816590b 7171Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8973da3a 7172
474c8240 7173@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7174$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS
7175...
7176c-x 4 a
7177...
7178c-x c-s c-x c-c
7179$ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS
7180$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 7181@end smallexample
8973da3a 7182
0816590b
AC
7183@item gdb/README
7184
7185You'll need to update:
8973da3a 7186
0816590b
AC
7187@itemize @bullet
7188@item
b247355e 7189The version.
0816590b 7190@item
b247355e 7191The update date.
0816590b 7192@item
b247355e 7193Who did it.
0816590b 7194@end itemize
8973da3a 7195
474c8240 7196@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7197$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README
7198...
8973da3a 7199c-x 4 a
8642bc8f 7200...
8973da3a 7201c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
7202$ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README
7203$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 7204@end smallexample
8973da3a 7205
0816590b
AC
7206@emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed
7207before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed
7208to get it updated.}
8973da3a 7209
8642bc8f
AC
7210@emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and
7211@file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth
7212pursuing.}
8973da3a 7213
0816590b 7214@item gdb/version.in
8973da3a 7215
474c8240 7216@smallexample
8642bc8f 7217$ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in
0816590b
AC
7218$ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in
72195.2
8642bc8f 7220$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in
8973da3a
AC
7221...
7222c-x 4 a
0816590b 7223... Bump to version ...
8973da3a 7224c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
7225$ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in
7226$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 7227@end smallexample
8973da3a 7228
0816590b
AC
7229@end table
7230
7231@subsubheading Do the dirty work
7232
7233This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot.
8973da3a 7234
4ce8657e
MC
7235@smallexample
7236$ for m in gdb insight
7237do
7238( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar )
7239done
4ce8657e
MC
7240@end smallexample
7241
7242If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release}
7243(@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead:
7244
474c8240 7245@smallexample
0816590b 7246$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 7247do
0816590b 7248( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar )
8973da3a 7249done
474c8240 7250@end smallexample
8973da3a 7251
0816590b 7252@subsubheading Check the source files
8642bc8f 7253
0816590b 7254You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared.
8642bc8f
AC
7255@kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out
7256for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}.
8973da3a 7257
474c8240 7258@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7259$ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update )
7260M djunpack.bat
0816590b 7261? gdb-5.1.91.tar
8642bc8f 7262? proto-toplev
0816590b 7263@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f
AC
7264M gdb/ChangeLog
7265M gdb/NEWS
7266M gdb/README
7267M gdb/version.in
0816590b 7268@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f 7269$
474c8240 7270@end smallexample
8973da3a 7271
0816590b 7272@noindent
8642bc8f
AC
7273@emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or
7274@file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1}
7275was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they
d3e8051b 7276didn't get suppressed). Fixing it would be nice though.}
8973da3a 7277
0816590b 7278@subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release
8973da3a 7279
474c8240 7280@smallexample
0816590b
AC
7281$ cp */src/*.tar .
7282$ cp */src/*.bz2 .
7283$ ls -F
b247355e 7284gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar
0816590b
AC
7285$ for m in gdb insight
7286do
7287bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2
7288gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz
7289done
7290$
474c8240 7291@end smallexample
8973da3a 7292
0816590b
AC
7293@noindent
7294Note:
7295
7296@itemize @bullet
7297@item
7298A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since,
7299in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence,
7300can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release
7301process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes.
7302@end itemize
7303
7304@subsection Sanity check the tar ball
8973da3a 7305
0816590b 7306Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that.
8973da3a 7307
0816590b
AC
7308@smallexample
7309$ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf -
7310$ cd gdb-5.2
7311$ ./configure
7312$ make
7313@dots{}
7314$ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb
7315GNU gdb 5.2
7316@dots{}
7317(gdb) b main
7318Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734.
7319(gdb) run
7320Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb
7321
7322Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734
7323734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7324(gdb) print args
7325$1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@}
7326(gdb)
7327@end smallexample
8973da3a 7328
0816590b 7329@subsection Make a release candidate available
8973da3a 7330
0816590b 7331If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are:
8642bc8f 7332
0816590b
AC
7333@enumerate
7334@item
7335Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog}
7336@item
7337Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read
7338@var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update
7339process can restart.
7340@item
7341Make the release candidate available in
87f9adc1 7342@uref{ftp://sourceware.org/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch}
0816590b 7343@item
87f9adc1
PM
7344Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sourceware.org} and
7345@email{gdb-testers@@sourceware.org} that the candidate is available.
0816590b 7346@end enumerate
8642bc8f 7347
0816590b 7348@subsection Make a formal release available
8642bc8f 7349
0816590b 7350(And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.)
8642bc8f 7351
0816590b 7352@subsubheading Install on sware
8642bc8f 7353
0816590b 7354Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory:
8642bc8f 7355
474c8240 7356@smallexample
0816590b 7357$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/
8642bc8f 7358$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
474c8240 7359@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7360
0816590b
AC
7361@noindent
7362Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases
587afa38 7363are available (e.g.@: keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1):
0816590b
AC
7364
7365@smallexample
7366$ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
7367$ rm @dots{}
7368@end smallexample
7369
7370@noindent
7371Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases
7372directory:
7373
7374@smallexample
7375$ vi README
7376@dots{}
7377$ rm -f .message
7378$ ln README .message
7379@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7380
0816590b 7381@subsubheading Update the web pages.
8973da3a 7382
0816590b
AC
7383@table @file
7384
7385@item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT
7386This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes:
8973da3a
AC
7387@itemize @bullet
7388@item
b247355e 7389General announcement.
8642bc8f 7390@item
0816590b
AC
7391News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from
7392earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release.
8973da3a 7393@item
b247355e 7394Errata.
0816590b
AC
7395@end itemize
7396
7397@item htdocs/index.html
7398@itemx htdocs/news/index.html
7399@itemx htdocs/download/index.html
7400These files include:
7401@itemize @bullet
8642bc8f 7402@item
b247355e 7403Announcement of the most recent release.
8642bc8f 7404@item
b247355e 7405News entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory).
8973da3a 7406@end itemize
0816590b 7407These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}.
8973da3a 7408
0816590b 7409@item download/onlinedocs/
8642bc8f
AC
7410You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online
7411docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output
0816590b 7412from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly.
8642bc8f
AC
7413Something like:
7414
474c8240 7415@smallexample
8642bc8f 7416$ ~/ss/update-web-docs \
0816590b 7417 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
8642bc8f 7418 $PWD/www \
0816590b 7419 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \
8642bc8f 7420 gdb
474c8240 7421@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7422
0816590b
AC
7423@item download/ari/
7424Just like the online documentation. Something like:
8642bc8f 7425
0816590b
AC
7426@smallexample
7427$ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \
7428 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
7429 $PWD/www \
7430 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \
7431 gdb
7432@end smallexample
7433
7434@end table
7435
7436@subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu
7437
7438Something goes here.
7439
7440
7441@subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU
7442
7443At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in
7444@file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}.
7445
7446@subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT}
7447
7448Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to:
8642bc8f
AC
7449
7450@itemize @bullet
7451@item
87f9adc1 7452@email{gdb-announce@@sourceware.org, GDB Announcement mailing list}
8642bc8f 7453@item
0816590b
AC
7454@email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a
7455day or so to let things get out)
7456@item
7457@email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list}
8642bc8f
AC
7458@end itemize
7459
0816590b 7460@subsection Cleanup
8642bc8f 7461
0816590b 7462The release is out but you're still not finished.
8642bc8f 7463
0816590b 7464@subsubheading Commit outstanding changes
8642bc8f 7465
0816590b 7466In particular you'll need to commit any changes to:
8642bc8f
AC
7467
7468@itemize @bullet
7469@item
7470@file{gdb/ChangeLog}
7471@item
7472@file{gdb/version.in}
7473@item
7474@file{gdb/NEWS}
7475@item
7476@file{gdb/README}
7477@end itemize
7478
0816590b 7479@subsubheading Tag the release
8642bc8f
AC
7480
7481Something like:
7482
474c8240 7483@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7484$ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
7485$ echo $d
74862002-01-24
7487$ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update )
0816590b 7488$ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release )
474c8240 7489@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7490
0816590b 7491Insight is used since that contains more of the release than
b247355e 7492@value{GDBN}.
0816590b
AC
7493
7494@subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk
8642bc8f 7495
0816590b
AC
7496Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also
7497indicates when the release was made.
7498
7499@subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in}
8642bc8f
AC
7500
7501If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as
7502@kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having
7503committed all the release changes it can be set to
0816590b 7504@file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_}
8642bc8f
AC
7505is important - it affects the snapshot process).
7506
7507Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}.
7508
0816590b 7509@subsubheading Merge into trunk
8973da3a 7510
8642bc8f
AC
7511The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the
7512trunk.
8973da3a 7513
0816590b
AC
7514@subsubheading Revise the release schedule
7515
87f9adc1 7516Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sourceware.org, GDB
0816590b
AC
7517Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be
7518generated by running:
7519
7520@smallexample
7521$ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule
7522@end smallexample
7523
7524@noindent
7525The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch)
7526of the most recent release.
7527
7528Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}.
7529
8642bc8f 7530@section Post release
8973da3a 7531
8642bc8f 7532Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code.
8973da3a 7533
085dd6e6
JM
7534@node Testsuite
7535
7536@chapter Testsuite
56caf160 7537@cindex test suite
085dd6e6 7538
56caf160
EZ
7539The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package.
7540While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice
7541this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of
7542the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change
7543to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time.
085dd6e6 7544
b247355e
NR
7545The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework. The
7546tests themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework
7547runs all the procs and summarizes the passes and fails.
085dd6e6
JM
7548
7549@section Using the Testsuite
7550
56caf160 7551@cindex running the test suite
25822942 7552To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the
085dd6e6
JM
7553testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some
7554environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While
7555the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use,
7556and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is
7557finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this:
56caf160 7558
474c8240 7559@smallexample
085dd6e6
JM
7560 === gdb Summary ===
7561
7562# of expected passes 6016
7563# of unexpected failures 58
7564# of unexpected successes 5
7565# of expected failures 183
7566# of unresolved testcases 3
7567# of untested testcases 5
474c8240 7568@end smallexample
56caf160 7569
a9f158ec
JB
7570To run a specific test script, type:
7571@example
7572make check RUNTESTFLAGS='@var{tests}'
7573@end example
7574where @var{tests} is a list of test script file names, separated by
7575spaces.
7576
f5a33284
TT
7577If you use GNU make, you can use its @option{-j} option to run the
7578testsuite in parallel. This can greatly reduce the amount of time it
7579takes for the testsuite to run. In this case, if you set
7580@code{RUNTESTFLAGS} then, by default, the tests will be run serially
7581even under @option{-j}. You can override this and force a parallel run
7582by setting the @code{make} variable @code{FORCE_PARALLEL} to any
7583non-empty value. Note that the parallel @kbd{make check} assumes
7584that you want to run the entire testsuite, so it is not compatible
7585with some dejagnu options, like @option{--directory}.
7586
085dd6e6
JM
7587The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality
7588conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate
56caf160
EZ
7589real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected
7590failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too
7591hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work
7592everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case
7593being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added
7594lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}.
7595Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some
7596reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor
7597catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test
7598program.
7599
7600When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the
7601testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no
7602regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you
7603run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of
7604compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases
7605testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful
7606options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86)
7607host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi,
7608mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha).
7609
7610If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding
7611tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect
7612and fix their changes that break the functionality you added.
7613Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test
7614failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely
7615difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs
7616in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write
7617tests for all of those.
085dd6e6 7618
e7dc800a
MC
7619DejaGNU supports separate build, host, and target machines. However,
7620some @value{GDBN} test scripts do not work if the build machine and
7621the host machine are not the same. In such an environment, these scripts
7622will give a result of ``UNRESOLVED'', like this:
7623
7624@smallexample
7625UNRESOLVED: gdb.base/example.exp: This test script does not work on a remote host.
7626@end smallexample
7627
c5f80513
DE
7628@section Testsuite Parameters
7629
7630Several variables exist to modify the behavior of the testsuite.
7631
7632@itemize @bullet
7633
7634@item @code{TRANSCRIPT}
7635
812f7342
TT
7636Sometimes it is convenient to get a transcript of the commands which
7637the testsuite sends to @value{GDBN}. For example, if @value{GDBN}
7638crashes during testing, a transcript can be used to more easily
7639reconstruct the failure when running @value{GDBN} under @value{GDBN}.
7640
7641You can instruct the @value{GDBN} testsuite to write transcripts by
7642setting the DejaGNU variable @code{TRANSCRIPT} (to any value)
7643before invoking @code{runtest} or @kbd{make check}. The transcripts
7644will be written into DejaGNU's output directory. One transcript will
7645be made for each invocation of @value{GDBN}; they will be named
7646@file{transcript.@var{n}}, where @var{n} is an integer. The first
7647line of the transcript file will show how @value{GDBN} was invoked;
7648each subsequent line is a command sent as input to @value{GDBN}.
7649
7650@smallexample
7651make check RUNTESTFLAGS=TRANSCRIPT=y
7652@end smallexample
7653
7654Note that the transcript is not always complete. In particular, tests
7655of completion can yield partial command lines.
7656
c5f80513
DE
7657@item @code{GDB}
7658
7659Sometimes one wishes to test a different @value{GDBN} than the one in the build
7660directory. For example, one may wish to run the testsuite on
7661@file{/usr/bin/gdb}.
7662
7663@smallexample
7664make check RUNTESTFLAGS=GDB=/usr/bin/gdb
7665@end smallexample
7666
7667@item @code{GDBSERVER}
7668
7669When testing a different @value{GDBN}, it is often useful to also test a
7670different gdbserver.
7671
7672@smallexample
7673make check RUNTESTFLAGS="GDB=/usr/bin/gdb GDBSERVER=/usr/bin/gdbserver"
7674@end smallexample
7675
1be00882
DE
7676@item @code{INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS}
7677
7678When running the testsuite normally one doesn't want whatever is in
7679@file{~/.gdbinit} to interfere with the tests, therefore the test harness
7680passes @option{-nx} to @value{GDBN}. One also doesn't want any windowed
217bff3e 7681version of @value{GDBN}, e.g., @samp{gdb -tui}, to run.
1be00882
DE
7682This is achieved via @code{INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS}.
7683
7684@smallexample
7685set INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS "-nw -nx"
7686@end smallexample
7687
7688This is all well and good, except when testing an installed @value{GDBN}
7689that has been configured with @option{--with-system-gdbinit}. Here one
7690does not want @file{~/.gdbinit} loaded but one may want the system
7691@file{.gdbinit} file loaded. This can be achieved by pointing @code{$HOME}
7692at a directory without a @file{.gdbinit} and by overriding
7693@code{INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS} and removing @option{-nx}.
7694
7695@smallexample
7696cd testsuite
7697HOME=`pwd` runtest \
7698 GDB=/usr/bin/gdb \
7699 GDBSERVER=/usr/bin/gdbserver \
7700 INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS=-nw
7701@end smallexample
7702
c5f80513
DE
7703@end itemize
7704
7705There are two ways to run the testsuite and pass additional parameters
7706to DejaGnu. The first is with @kbd{make check} and specifying the
7707makefile variable @samp{RUNTESTFLAGS}.
7708
7709@smallexample
7710make check RUNTESTFLAGS=TRANSCRIPT=y
7711@end smallexample
7712
7713The second is to cd to the @file{testsuite} directory and invoke the DejaGnu
7714@command{runtest} command directly.
7715
7716@smallexample
7717cd testsuite
7718make site.exp
7719runtest TRANSCRIPT=y
7720@end smallexample
7721
c09529e5
JB
7722@section Testsuite Configuration
7723@cindex Testsuite Configuration
7724
7725It is possible to adjust the behavior of the testsuite by defining
7726the global variables listed below, either in a @file{site.exp} file,
7727or in a board file.
7728
7729@itemize @bullet
7730
7731@item @code{gdb_test_timeout}
7732
7733Defining this variable changes the default timeout duration used during
7734communication with @value{GDBN}. More specifically, the global variable
7735used during testing is @code{timeout}, but this variable gets reset to
7736@code{gdb_test_timeout} at the beginning of each testcase, making sure
7737that any local change to @code{timeout} in a testcase does not affect
7738subsequent testcases.
7739
7740This global variable comes in handy when the debugger is slower than
7741normal due to the testing environment, triggering unexpected @code{TIMEOUT}
7742test failures. Examples include when testing on a remote machine, or
7743against a system where communications are slow.
7744
7745If not specifically defined, this variable gets automatically defined
7746to the same value as @code{timeout} during the testsuite initialization.
7747The default value of the timeout is defined in the file
7748@file{gdb/testsuite/config/unix.exp} that is part of the @value{GDBN}
7749test suite@footnote{If you are using a board file, it could override
7750the test-suite default; search the board file for "timeout".}.
7751
7752@end itemize
7753
085dd6e6
JM
7754@section Testsuite Organization
7755
56caf160 7756@cindex test suite organization
085dd6e6
JM
7757The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the
7758testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal,
7759and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves
25822942 7760handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file
085dd6e6 7761@file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for
25822942 7762all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains
085dd6e6
JM
7763configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose
7764definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}.
7765
7766The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and
7767subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end
7768with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding
7769in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files
7770get chosen and run in alphabetical order.
7771
7772The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they
7773are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are
7774located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and
7775execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and
7776intelligibility.
7777
56caf160 7778@table @file
085dd6e6 7779@item gdb.base
085dd6e6 7780This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all
25822942 7781configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here).
085dd6e6 7782The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R,
49efadf5 7783ANSI/ISO, and C@t{++} (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance
085dd6e6
JM
7784for prototypes).
7785
7786@item gdb.@var{lang}
56caf160 7787Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are
af6cf26d 7788@file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}.
085dd6e6
JM
7789
7790@item gdb.@var{platform}
085dd6e6
JM
7791Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration
7792(host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for
7793HP-UX.
7794
7795@item gdb.@var{compiler}
085dd6e6
JM
7796Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June
77971999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that
7798couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could
56caf160
EZ
7799imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC
7800extensions.
085dd6e6
JM
7801
7802@item gdb.@var{subsystem}
25822942 7803Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For
085dd6e6
JM
7804instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while
7805@file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader.
085dd6e6
JM
7806@end table
7807
7808@section Writing Tests
56caf160 7809@cindex writing tests
085dd6e6 7810
25822942 7811In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you
085dd6e6
JM
7812should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases.
7813
7814You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it
7815includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen.
7816However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for
7817instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that
7818calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times.
7819
7820Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely
8a3dae3e
DJ
7821necessary. Even if @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to
7822a command, you can use @code{gdb_test_multiple}. Like @code{gdb_test},
7823@code{gdb_test_multiple} recognizes internal errors and unexpected
7824prompts.
7825
7826Do not write tests which expect a literal tab character from @value{GDBN}.
7827On some operating systems (e.g.@: OpenBSD) the TTY layer expands tabs to
7828spaces, so by the time @value{GDBN}'s output reaches expect the tab is gone.
085dd6e6
JM
7829
7830The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent
25822942 7831style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different
085dd6e6 7832styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for
25822942 7833instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would
085dd6e6
JM
7834never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style
7835uniformly.
7836
13ac8d2c
JK
7837Some testcase results need more detailed explanation:
7838
7839@table @code
7840@item KFAIL
7841Known problem of @value{GDBN} itself. You must specify the @value{GDBN} bug
7842report number like in these sample tests:
7843@smallexample
7844kfail "gdb/13392" "continue to marker 2"
7845@end smallexample
7846or
7847@smallexample
7848setup_kfail gdb/13392 "*-*-*"
7849kfail "continue to marker 2"
7850@end smallexample
7851
7852@item XFAIL
7853Known problem of environment. This typically includes @value{NGCC} but it
7854includes also many other system components which cannot be fixed in the
7855@value{GDBN} project. Sample test with sanity check not knowing the specific
7856cause of the problem:
7857@smallexample
7858# On x86_64 it is commonly about 4MB.
7859if @{$stub_size > 25000000@} @{
7860 xfail "stub size $stub_size is too large"
7861 return
7862@}
7863@end smallexample
7864
7865You should provide bug report number for the failing component of the
7866environment, if such bug report is available:
7867@smallexample
7868if @{[test_compiler_info @{gcc-[0-3]-*@}]
7869 || [test_compiler_info @{gcc-4-[0-5]-*@}]@} @{
7870 setup_xfail "gcc/46955" *-*-*
7871@}
7872gdb_test "python print ttype.template_argument(2)" "&C::c"
7873@end smallexample
7874@end table
7875
f02e2b19
YQ
7876@section Board settings
7877In @value{GDBN} testsuite, the tests can be configured or customized in the board
7878file by means of @dfn{Board Settings}. Each setting should be consulted by
7879test cases that depend on the corresponding feature.
7880
7881Here are the supported board settings:
7882
7883@table @code
7884
7885@item gdb,cannot_call_functions
7886The board does not support inferior call, that is, invoking inferior functions
7887in @value{GDBN}.
7888@item gdb,can_reverse
7889The board supports reverse execution.
7890@item gdb,no_hardware_watchpoints
7891The board does not support hardware watchpoints.
7892@item gdb,nofileio
7893@value{GDBN} is unable to intercept target file operations in remote and perform
7894them on the host.
7895@item gdb,noinferiorio
7896The board is unable to provide I/O capability to the inferior.
7897@c @item gdb,noresults
7898@c NEED DOCUMENT.
7899@item gdb,nosignals
7900The board does not support signals.
7901@item gdb,skip_huge_test
7902Skip time-consuming tests on the board with slow connection.
7903@item gdb,skip_float_tests
7904Skip tests related to float points on target board.
7905@item gdb,use_precord
7906The board supports process record.
7907@item gdb_server_prog
7908The location of GDBserver. If GDBserver somewhere other than its default
7909location is used in test, specify the location of GDBserver in this variable.
7910The location is a file name of GDBserver that can be either absolute or
7911relative to testsuite subdirectory in build directory.
7912@item in_proc_agent
7913The location of in-process agent. If in-process agent other than its default
7914location is used in test, specify the location of in-process agent in
7915this variable. The location is a file name of in-process agent that can be
7916either absolute or relative to testsuite subdirectory in build directory.
7917@item noargs
7918@value{GDBN} does not support argument passing for inferior.
7919@item no_long_long
7920The board does not support type @code{long long}.
7921@c @item use_cygmon
7922@c NEED DOCUMENT.
7923@item use_gdb_stub
7924The tests are running with gdb stub.
7925@end table
7926
c906108c
SS
7927@node Hints
7928
7929@chapter Hints
7930
7931Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not
7932appear anywhere else in the directory.
7933
7934@menu
25822942 7935* Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN}
33e16fad 7936* Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
c906108c
SS
7937@end menu
7938
629d6a47 7939@node Getting Started
c906108c
SS
7940
7941@section Getting Started
7942
25822942 7943@value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to
c906108c
SS
7944work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you
7945know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on.
7946
25822942
DB
7947This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies
7948generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
7949
7950Information about particular functions or data structures are located in
7951comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a
7952function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly
25822942 7953explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel
c906108c
SS
7954free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure
7955out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is
7956actually wrong, be especially sure to report that.
7957
7958Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or
7959native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are
7960repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the
7961macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a
7962default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual
7963also documents all the available macros.
7964@c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target
7965@c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete
7966@c Conditionals})
7967
56caf160
EZ
7968Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how
7969@value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h},
7970@file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the
7971code which uses and creates those symbol tables.
c906108c
SS
7972
7973You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to
7974enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another
25822942 7975language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use
c906108c
SS
7976the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case
7977and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes
7978are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active
7979approach.
7980
25822942 7981Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more
c906108c
SS
7982specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each
7983function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you
7984will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through
7985calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding
7986(perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being
7987called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the
7988functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the
7989one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data
7990structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in
7991the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to
7992look like.
7993
7994Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the
7995code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general
7996principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something
7997else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does,
7998rather than worrying about all its details.
7999
56caf160
EZ
8000@cindex command implementation
8001A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with
8002a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how
8003single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the
8004@code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked
8005via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function
8006which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of
8007the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an
8008@code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step}
8009command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info
8010display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is
8011not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x
8012tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a
8013breakpoint in @code{execute_command}.
8014
8015@cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list
c906108c
SS
8016If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information
8017on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was
8018wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding
25822942 8019@value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual.
c906108c
SS
8020Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course.
8021
629d6a47 8022@node Debugging GDB
c906108c 8023
25822942 8024@section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
56caf160 8025@cindex debugging @value{GDBN}
c906108c 8026
25822942 8027If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it
c906108c
SS
8028fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like
8029Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being
56caf160 8030debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb
c906108c 8031./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to
56caf160 8032@file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}.
c906108c 8033
25822942 8034When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a
c906108c
SS
8035@file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging
8036gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand
25822942 8037in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level
c906108c
SS
8038gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details.
8039
8040If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after
8041you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent
8042routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by
8043@kbd{M-.}
8044
25822942 8045Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or
c906108c
SS
8046have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc.
8047
8048@section Submitting Patches
8049
56caf160 8050@cindex submitting patches
c906108c 8051Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of
25822942 8052@value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements.
c906108c
SS
8053Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the
8054changes.
8055
25822942
DB
8056The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches.
8057This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
8058
8059If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives,
8060or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue
8061with everyone else's patches and bug reports.
8062
56caf160 8063@cindex legal papers for code contributions
c906108c
SS
8064The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a
8065copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership
8066of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the
9e0b60a8
JM
8067standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org}
8068and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs
8069owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that
56caf160
EZ
8070changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC,
8071etc) can be
9e0b60a8 8072contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the
be9c6c35 8073bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until
9e0b60a8
JM
8074this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow
8075since we maintain it for them).
c906108c
SS
8076
8077Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each
56caf160
EZ
8078feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}.
8079Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and
8080header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for
8081each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes
8082needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or
8083@file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a
8084single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages.
9e0b60a8
JM
8085
8086In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the
c906108c 8087sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in.
56caf160
EZ
8088If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave
8089out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc.
c906108c 8090
9e0b60a8
JM
8091The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not
8092install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions
8093or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you
c906108c 8094will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable.
9e0b60a8
JM
8095The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that
8096the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are
8097being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we
8098tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from
8099the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are
8100acceptable.
8101
8102If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot
8103of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get
8104installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug
c906108c
SS
8105reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive
8106complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day
9e0b60a8
JM
8107they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time
8108permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not
8109be for quite some time.
c906108c 8110
56caf160 8111Please send patches directly to
87f9adc1 8112@email{gdb-patches@@sourceware.org, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}.
c906108c 8113
36af4ef6
MD
8114@section Build Script
8115
8116@cindex build script
8117
8118The script @file{gdb_buildall.sh} builds @value{GDBN} with flag
8119@option{--enable-targets=all} set. This builds @value{GDBN} with all supported
8120targets activated. This helps testing @value{GDBN} when doing changes that
8121affect more than one architecture and is much faster than using
8122@file{gdb_mbuild.sh}.
8123
8124After building @value{GDBN} the script checks which architectures are
8125supported and then switches the current architecture to each of those to get
8126information about the architecture. The test results are stored in log files
8127in the directory the script was called from.
8128
bcd7e15f 8129@include observer.texi
e4c0cfae
SS
8130
8131@node GNU Free Documentation License
8132@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
aab4e0ec
AC
8133@include fdl.texi
8134
56caf160
EZ
8135@node Index
8136@unnumbered Index
8137
8138@printindex cp
8139
c906108c 8140@bye
This page took 1.343406 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.